www.KensBibleClass.com
   Welcome      Prophecy 02
Prophecy 02 


How Large is the Antichrist's Kingdom?
     
Virtually all prophetic teachers of today are certain that the kingdom of antichrist will cover “all the earth,” or “the whole world,” or “wherever men dwell,” or “the face of the whole earth,” or “all that dwell upon the earth,” or “the earth and them which dwell therein,” or “throughout the whole world,” or “in all the world,” or “Asia and the whole world, etc.”  They may be correct, and I am prepared for such an event, but I really believe his kingdom will only affect those sections of the world known to the inhabitants of Israel when John wrote the Book of Revelation.  Before I make my case in Scripture, please consider the following:
 
USE OF THE HYPERBOLE IN PROPHECY

THE WORD HYPERBOLE COMES FROM THE GREEK – IT MEANS “TO DELIBERATELY THROW OUTSIDE OR INSIDE A MARKED LINE FOR EFFECT, MAKING THE AREA LARGER OR SMALLER THAN IT ACTUALLY IS, EXAGGERATION FOR EFFECT, NOT MEANT TO BE TAKEN LITERALLY, EXAGGERATING OR DIMISHING BEYOND THE FACT, EXCEEDING THE TRUTH.”  IT IS USED AT TIMES IN PROPHECY TO IDENTIFY A SMALL AREA AS ONE THAT IS MUCH LARGER.  IT IS NOT A LIE BECAUSE THE HEARER OR READER IS ACQUAINTED WITH THE USE OF HYPERBOLE AS AN EXAGGERATED STATEMENT.  THE EXPRESSIONS “THE WHOLE EARTH, ALL THE WORLD, WHERESOEVER MEN SHALL DWELL ON THE EARTH, ETC. ARE, AT TIMES, NOT REFERRING TO THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF THE EARTH FROM POLE TO POLE, AND AROUND THE 360 DEGREE EQUATOR.  I BELIEVE THIS HAS CAUSED MANY TO EXAGGERATE THE SIZE AND STRENGTH OF THE FINAL EMPIRE OF ANTICHRIST.  GOD USES THE HYPERBOLE QUITE OFTEN THROUGHOUT THE BIBLE.


[5] And as I was considering, behold, an he goat came from the west ON THE FACE OF THE WHOLE EARTH, and touched not the ground: and the goat had a notable horn between his eyes. [21] And the rough goat is the king of Grecia: and the great horn that is between his eyes is the first king. [22] Now that being broken, whereas four stood up for it, four kingdoms shall stand up out of the nation, but not in his power. Daniel 8:5 & 21-22.


(And yet we know that the Empire of Alexander did not stretch across the FACE OF THE WHOLE EARTH)


[32] This image's head was of fine gold, his breast and his arms of silver, his belly and his thighs of brass, [33] His legs of iron, his feet part of iron and part of clay. [34] Thou sawest till that a stone was cut out without hands, which smote the image upon his feet that were of iron and clay, and brake them to pieces. [38] And WHERESOEVER THE CHILDREN OF MEN DWELL, the beasts of the field and the fowls of the heaven hath he given into thine hand, and hath made thee ruler OVER THEM ALL. Thou art this head of gold. [39] And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule OVER ALL THE EARTH. Daniel 2:32-34 & 38-39.


(And yet we know that the Babylonian Empire did not extend WHERESOEVER THE CHILDREN OF MEN DWELL, and we know  that Alexander’s Empire did not bear rule OVER ALL THE EARTH as we know it today).


In these next verses we are going to see how God means for us to be able to delineate between the whole world as we know it today, and the whole world as it was known in prophetic times.  We are certain the fourth beast was the Roman Empire, and we know it did not dominate the whole world as we know it today.  However, we know for certain that Christ’s coming kingdom will dominate the whole earth as we do know it today.  So when we see the expression UNDER THE WHOLE HEAVEN, we can say it represents the earth as we know it today.


[3] And four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one from another. [23] Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour THE WHOLE EARTH, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. [24] And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings. [25] And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time. [26] But the judgment shall sit, and they shall take away his dominion, to consume and to destroy it unto the end. [27] And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom UNDER THE WHOLE HEAVEN, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him. [11] I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spake: I beheld even till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed, and given to the burning flame. [12] As concerning the rest of the beasts, they had their dominion taken away: yet their lives were prolonged for a season and time. [13] I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him. [14] And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed. Daniel 7:3 & 23-27 & 11-14.


Now, as you read the expressions describing the size of the antichrist’s kingdom in Revelation, go back and forth to Daniel and compare his expressions concerning the world coverage of those kingdoms with John’s expressions of world coverage in Revelation.


[1] And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy. [2] And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority. [5] And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. [6] And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. [7] And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over ALL kindreds, and tongues, and nations. [8] And ALL THAT DWELL UPON THE EARTH shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. [9] If any man have an ear, let him hear. [10] He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints. [11] And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon. [12] And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth THE EARTH AND THEM WHICH DWELL THEREIN to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. [16] And he causeth ALL, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: [17] And that NO man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Revelation 13:1-2 & 5-12, & 16-17.


[12] And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. [13] These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast. [14] These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful. [15] And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues. [16] And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire. [17] For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. [18] And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over THE KINGS OF THE EARTH. Revelation 17:12-18


Please note that both Daniel and John, when referring to the world as we know it today, used expressions marking it as being “under the whole heaven,” or “from one end of heaven to the other,” or “the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven.”


[27] And the kingdom and dominion, and the greatness of the kingdom UNDER THE WHOLE HEAVEN, shall be given to the people of the saints of the most High, whose kingdom is an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve and obey him. [31] And he shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, FROM ONE END OF HEAVEN TO THE OTHER. [27] And then shall he send his angels, and shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from the UTTER-MOST PART OF THE EARTH TO THE UTTER-MOST PART OF HEAVEN. Daniel 7:27 & Matthew 24:31 & Mark 13:27


[8]  First, I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all, that your faith is spoken of THROUGHOUT THE WHOLE WORLD. [5] For the hope which is laid up for you in heaven, whereof ye heard before in the word of the truth of the gospel; [6] Which is come unto you, as it is IN ALL THE WORLD; and bringeth forth fruit, as it doth also in you, since the day ye heard of it, and knew the grace of God in truth: [27] So that not only this our craft is in danger to be set at nought; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana should be despised, and her magnificence should be destroyed, whom ALL ASIA AND THE WORLD WORSHIPPETH. [5] For we have found this man a pestilent fellow, and a mover of sedition among all the Jews THROUGHOUT THE WORLD, and a ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes:

Romans 1:8 + Colossians 1:5-6 & Acts 19:27 & 24:5


[9] And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth THE WHOLE WORLD: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. [17] And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. Revelation 12:9 & 17.


[44] And after thee shall arise another kingdom inferior to thee, and another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule OVER ALL THE EARTH. [40] And the fourth kingdom shall be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces and subdueth all things: and as iron that breaketh all these, shall it break in pieces and bruise. [41] And whereas thou sawest the feet and toes, part of potters' clay, and part of iron, the kingdom shall be DIVIDED; but there shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay. [42] And as the toes of the feet were part of iron, and part of clay, so the kingdom shall be PARTLY strong, and PARTLY broken. [43] And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, they shall MINGLE themselves with the seed of men: but they shall not CLEAVE one to another, even as iron is not mixed with clay. [44] And in the days of these kings shall the God of heaven set up a kingdom, which shall never be destroyed: and the kingdom shall not be left to other people, but it shall break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for ever.

Daniel 2:39-44.


This final kingdom of antichrist does not sound like a kingdom that dominates the whole world as we know it today.  It is to be a kingdom partly strong, and partly broken, and the individual parts don’t cleave together very well.  It sounds like a bunch of the descendents of Ishmael, the six sons of Keturah, and the two sons of Lot mingling their blood lines together to form the Islamic world Israel now faces.  They certainly have never gotten along with Israel, and they cannot get along with each other.  But they will come together as a rag-tail empire to attempt to destroy Israel.  I really believe most of the believers in this world are going to be waiting for an antichrist that will dominate every nation on this earth, and I don’t believe it will happen.  He will arise in Syria, lead 10 Islamic nations against Israel, control the area once dominated by the Old Roman Empire, and that will fulfill all the prophecies written about him as dominating “all the world.”  This has far reaching implications if I am right, such as the mark of the beast only being put on those sections where the Old Roman Empire once stood.


I suspect a lot of believers won’t recognize him as being the antichrist because he does not take over the whole world as we know it today.  In any case, I realize he may dominate the whole world as we know it today, so I am prepared for that possibility, and will simply gulp and swallow a lot of crow if I am wrong.  In any case, I truly believe we will know one way or the other by 2008.    
 
Hosea's 1,000 Year Days
 
     

Prophetic Year = 360 days     Gentile Year = 365.25 Days

Nr. Gentile Years = .9856262  X  Nr. Prophetic Years

Nr. Prophetic Years = 1.0145833  X  Nr. Gentile Years

It has been 1971 Gentile Yrs since His ascension in A.D. 30.  (A.D. 2001 – A.D. 30 = 1971 Yrs.)

Prophetic Yrs. = 1.0145833 X 1971 Gentile Yrs. = 2000 Yrs 

In 2001 we passed from the first 2000 prophetic years since his ascension into the beginning of the last 1000 years. We went from the 2nd Day into the 3rd day.


[4] For a thousand years in thy sight are but as yesterday when it is past, and as a watch in the night. [8] But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day.

Psalm 90:4 & II Peter 3:8


[15] I will go and return to my place, till they acknowledge their offence, and seek my face: in their affliction they will seek me early. [1] Come, and let us return unto the Lord: for he hath torn, and he will heal us; he hath smitten, and he will bind us up. [2] After two days will he revive us: in the third day he will raise us up, and we shall live in his sight.

Hosea 5:15 to 6:2


Christ left by ascension and returned to His place in heaven.  He is waiting until they acknowledge their offense of rejecting Him as their Messiah.  They will do so in the Negev when they are driven into it by Antichrist, and will begin to seek His return.  The affliction of the Tribulation Period experienced in the Negev will cause them to seek Jesus early in their tour of it.  The Jewish remnant (The woman’s seed in Revelation 12:17) in the midst of Israel (the woman) is composed of 144,000 Jewish believers.  This remnant will exhort the other Jews in the Negev (the 1.6 to 1.9 million from Zechariah 13:8,9 and Revelation 12:6,14) to “return unto the Lord.”  They will tell them that their God has smitten and torn them, but if they will turn to him through his Son, he will bind up their wounds and heal them.  All this is supposed to occur in this present century, and I strongly suspect it is likely to occur before 2008.


[17] And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. [4] And I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed an hundred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel.

 Revelation 12:17 & 7:4


[8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God. [6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. [14] And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.

Zechariah 13:8-9 &  Revelation 12:6-14.


DAY 1                DAY 2               DAY 3      

         |  1000 YEARS  |  1000 YEARS |  1000 YEARS  |

                                                                   |----1972 GENTILE  YEARS----|                                                   

                                                                                                     A.D. 30                                      A.D. 2001 
 
 
Alive and Coming Soon to Rule and Reign

[17] And if Christ be not raised, your faith is vain; ye are yet in your sins. I Corinthians 15:17.

[38] Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. [39] For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.  Matthew 23:38-39.


All that we hope for, have faith in, and labor for in love, is based entirely on Christ having been resurrected from the dead.  All of his promises are worthless unless he is alive to fulfill them.  One of those great promises was the assurance he would come again in His Father’s name to complete the redemption of all those sealed in His name, as recorded by Paul in Ephesians 4:30.


He was rejected by the Israelites to whom He had been sent, so He rejected them temporarily, but promised He would come again as their King at a future date.  The promise of Matthew 23:39 will, I believe, be fulfilled in the near future.    

If God had not advised us, well in advance of Christ’s birth, life, rejection, ascension, and soon coming, then our faith would not stand on such a firm foundation of revealed truth. The writings of the events of His life by many prophets, hundreds of years before they occurred, gives our faith a tilled ground in which to plant itself.   


[1] Now gather thyself in troops, O daughter of troops: he hath laid siege against us: they shall smite the judge of Israel with a rod upon the cheek. Micah 5:1.


This is a detailed prophecy about a known city, the city of Jerusalem.  Jerusalem stands at the top of a list of worldwide cities that have been conquered over and over again historically by troops of many different nations and ethnic groups.  She has more than earned the title “daughter of troops.”  This prophecy refers specifically to a time in Christ’s ministry when Jerusalem had three sets of troops operating in her at the Feast of Passover.  The Governor of Israel, Pontius Pilate, brought a large group of Roman troops from Caesarea to preclude the possibility of a Jewish rebellion at the time of Passover.  The Fortress Antonia, where he billeted them, was joined to the northwestern corner of the Temple Mount, and from its tower the Temple courtyards could be seen.  Herod, the Roman appointed king of Israel, had his troops quartered in his palace fortress on the western side of the old city.  The Romans allowed the High Priest to have a small contingency of troops associated primarily in duties involving Temple protection.  The time was the last Passover for Jesus on this earth.  The One who has “laid siege against us” is God the Father, and the “us” is Israel.  The reason that God has laid siege against Israel, one that has lasted some 2000 years, is because of the rejection of His Son.  The prophesied rejection was fulfilled when Christ was struck on the head repeatedly, as shown in the following Scriptures:  Matthew 26:66-68 plus 27:30, Mark 14:65, Luke 22:63,64, and John 18:22 plus 19:3.


[2] But thou, Bethlehem Ephratah, though thou be little among the thousands of Judah, yet out of thee shall HE come forth unto me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old, from everlasting. Micah 5;2.


The place of Christ’s birth was predicted so well that it stands as one of the most exacting in the Scriptures.  He was rejected as the judge of Israel in Micah 5:1, and as her ruler in this verse.  That is why God has laid siege against them for some 2000 years.  They have been the most persecuted, prosecuted, and butchered people on this planet, and have known no true peace as a nation since their exile from Israel during the wars of Titus and Hadrian in the first century.  The prophets of old, even before Micah, had told of His “goings forth.”  Even Moses advised Israel from “of old” about the coming of God’s Prophet.  So Israel had no excuse in failing to recognize Him as the Messiah when He arrived.


[3] Therefore will HE give them up, until the time that she which travaileth hath brought forth: then the remnant of HIS brethren shall return unto the children of Israel. Micah 5:3.


“Therefore” is a conclusion to Micah 5:1,2.  Because they rejected Him as “judge” and “ruler,” He stood on the Mount of Olives and uttered the words of Matthew 23:37 to 39.  The word “until” tells us HE will give Israel up “until” she finishes her final time of travail in the great tribulation period, at which time HIS Second Advent will bring HIM forth as the returning Lion of Judah.  The word “then” marks HIS return to earth with the saints (previously caught out at the first resurrection), who are “the remnant of HIS brethren” by grace through faith in Christ as adopted sons of Abraham.

[4] And HE shall stand and feed in the strength of the Lord, in the majesty of the name of the Lord his God; and they shall abide: for now shall he be great unto the ends of the earth. Micah 5:4.


This is clearly a prophecy of Christ’s millennial reign, with his kingdom extending from one end of the earth to the other.         
  
The Remnant of Israel
       
THE REMNANT OF ISRAEL, PAST, PRESENT, & FUTURE!
Part 1

[1] And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: Revelation 12:1.


There can be no legitimate question as to who the “woman” in this Scripture represents – she is positively identified in the Old Testament as the nation of Israel.  It is from this nation that God has chosen His remnant, and God will select a remnant of 144,000 sealed Israelites to be carried unharmed up to the blowing of the seventh trumpet.


First of all, let us examine the symbols of this verse.  Here is a woman clothed with the sun, standing on the moon, with a crown of twelve stars on her head.  The sun is the Patriarch Jacob, the moon represents his wives that gave birth to his twelve sons, and the twelve stars are the twelve sons from which the nation of Israel descended. The woman represents the nation of Israel, and this interpretation is not based on opinion.  God revealed the key to this verse to Joseph long before John wrote it. 


[9] And he dreamed yet another dream, and told it his brethren, and said, Behold, I have dreamed a dream more; and, behold, the sun and the moon and the eleven stars made obeisance to me. [10] And he told it to his father, and to his brethren: and his father rebuked him, and said unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren indeed come to bow down ourselves to thee to the earth? [11] And his brethren envied him; but his father observed the saying. Genesis 37:9-11.


Here, in Joseph’s dream, are the same set of symbols, the sun, moon, and eleven stars, with Joseph himself being number twelve.  Jacob, his wives, and Joseph’s eleven brothers are made to bow down before Joseph at some future time.  This was to be fulfilled when all of Jacob’s large family came down to Egypt where Joseph had been made second in command to Pharaoh.  God only uses this set of symbols twice in his Word, and the first interprets the second.  The woman literally represents all the descendants of the twelve sons of Israel – what we identify today as the nation of Israel.


[2] And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. Revelation 12:2.

Over nineteen hundred years ago the nation of Israel gave birth to the flesh and blood Son of God – the sinless man, Christ Jesus, in whom all the fullness of the Godhead dwelt.  God chose a virgin of the tribe of Israel as the one who would bear His Child in her womb, the blessed virgin Mary.


[30] And the angel said unto her, Fear not, Mary: for thou hast found favour with God. [31] And, behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a son, and shalt call his name Jesus. Luke 1: 30-31.


Our next Birth Pang Update, Part 2, will begin with Revelation 12:3, Lord willing. 


The Remnant of Israel

THE REMNANT OF ISRAEL, PAST, PRESENT, & FUTURE!

Part 2
 

[1] And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: [2] And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. [3] And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. Revelation 12:1-3.


We fully exposited on verses one and two in Birth Pang Update Number 36 last week, and proved that the “woman” represents Israel, and that an Israelite woman, the virgin Mary, was chosen by God to bear the Son of God, Jesus Christ.


In verse three we find the great adversary of the woman and her man child.  Their adversary is the great red dragon, the fallen archangel Lucifer, whom the world knows today as Satan.  He is portrayed as being made red with the blood of the prophets and other saints he has caused to be slain.  His seven heads represent the kings of the six great world governments that have persecuted Israel in the past, and one that will persecute her in the future.  The persecution began with the Egyptian Pharaoh of the Exodus, and will end with her persecution in the Negev Wilderness by the antichrist.  The six kings that persecuted her in the past represented the following nations in chronological order: Egypt, Assyria, Babylon, Persia, Greece, and Italy.  The last world government will be the seventh, and its king will be the antichrist of Satan.  The seven crowns represent the authority given to the kings of these nations by Satan.


[10] And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space. Revelation 17:10.


The seven kings are the seven governmental heads on the red dragon.  All seven wear crowns given to them by Satan because he personally brought them to power during their lifetimes.  The first six kings came from the six great world empires of the past beginning with the Pharaohs of the Egyptian bondage, and ending with the empire that was still in existence in John’s day, the great Roman Empire.  In John’s day all the learning and expertise of the previous five great empires had been passed on to the sixth empire of iron – the Roman Empire.  The last of these empires, the Antichrist’s, will have incorporated all the accumulated knowledge of the ages from Satan’s previous secular empires.  In the Bible, governments are frequently referred to as “mountains.”  This final government of the antichrist will be the seventh “mountain,” and it will have the political support of the great apostate system of religion known as the “whore of Babylon.”  She will verbally support the 10 Arab nations in their Jihad against Israel, but she will ride to her destruction on their back.  And, after she rides high because of the antichrist’s early successes, the 10 Arab nations, who have always hated her, will turn on her and burn the thousands of her churches scattered across their domains.


[3] So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns. [4] And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication: [5] And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. [6] And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration. [16] And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire. [17] For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. [18] And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth. Revelation 17:3-6 & 16-18.


There was only one city that met this criteria in John’s day, the great city of Rome.

We will continue with Revelation 12:4 in Part 3 on Birth Pang Number 38 next week, Lord willing.


The Remnant of Israel
 
The Remnant of Israel, Past, Present, and Future! 

Part 3

[4] And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. Revelation 12:4


Continuing with the exposition of the twelfth chapter of the book of Revelation, we find that a bit of Satan’s past history is revealed.  We are informed that when Satan fell by sin about one-third of the angels (stars) chose to follow his leadership.  By the pulling power of his tail, much like some officials ride into public office on the political coattails of a stronger candidate, one-third of the angels exercised their free will and chose to follow Satan, rather than God.  They are forever sealed in their free will choice, just as my soul is sealed in its free will choice to trust in Jesus until my body is redeemed at the rapture.


[30] And grieve not the holy Spirit of God, whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption. Ephesians 4:30


The prophet Isaiah graphically portrays the ancient fall of the beautiful angel Lucifer.


[12] How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! Isaiah 14:12


Since Lucifer’s fall he has a new name – Satan.  Lucifer  means “shining one,” while Satan means “the hater, accuser, or the adversary.”  One primary goal existed in Satan’s plan after his fall – to prevent the birth of an heir who could legitimately take away his earthly spiritual and material kingdom.  Verse four presents a picture of fallen Lucifer as a dragon, standing before the woman Israel, determined to kill the heir as soon as he was born.   

[5] And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to his throne. Revelation 12:5


The woman Israel is symbolized as the earthly wife of God.  So here is the picture presented in verse five – Satan’s greatest fear is realized – the symbolized wife of God gives birth to God’s Son through a direct descendant of Israel, the virgin Mary, who has all the correct genealogical credentials from Seth to Heli via Noah, Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, Judah, David, and Zerubbabel.  Beginning with Herod, Satan attempted to destroy the Son both spiritually and physically.  Finally, he thought he had destroyed him physically on the cross, but God completely turned the tables on Satan, and openly revealed the great mystery of all the ages to all the world – the great mystery of Christ crucified for all the sins of all who would believe he alone was the total price for completed salvation, and that he alone, with no additional requirements from the recipients, was the provider by His one time sacrifice for all sins. 


[18] For Christ sent me not to baptize, but to preach the gospel: not with wisdom of words, lest the cross of Christ should be made of none effect. [18] For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but unto us which are saved it is the power of God. [2] For I determined not to know any thing among you, save Jesus Christ, and him crucified. [5] That your faith should not stand in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God. I Corinthians 1:17-18 & 2:2-5


God shocked Satan!  He took Israel’s sinless “man child” of verse five, and “her child was caught up unto God, and to his throne.”  God resurrected His child, Jesus Christ, and He is in heaven today as the eternal Son of God.  He was “caught up unto God, and to his throne” more than 2000 years ago in prophetic years of 360 days, and He is still there.  Very soon, the woman of chapter twelve is going to have to flee for her life during the Great Tribulation Period.  I believe this fleeing will occur within the next eight years, and if God had not provided a place of safety for her in the Negev wilderness, she would be utterly destroyed.  We will continue this exposition in Birth Pang Update 39 next week with Revelation 12:6, Lord willing.


[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. Revelation 12:6

The Remnant of Israel
   
The Remnant of Israel, Past, Present and Future!
 
Part 4
 
[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. Revelation 12:6.
 
The woman is Israel and the wilderness is the Negev of Israel.  I will not spend any time elaborating on this verse.  Prophecy Updates 5 through 11, found in our Prophecy Archives, contain more information on this verse than you could ever use in expositing on it.
 
[7] And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels, [8] And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven. Revelation 12:7-8.
 
Revelation 12:4 indicated that when Lucifer left Heaven he took about one-third of the angelic host with him.  However, the book of Job clearly indicates that Satan still has access to God’s presence in heaven at God’s invitation.
 
[6] Now there was a day when the sons of God came to present themselves before the Lord, and Satan came also among them. [7] And the Lord said unto Satan, Whence comest thou? Then Satan answered the Lord, and said, From going to and fro in the earth, and from walking up and down in it. Job 1:6-7.
 
While it is true that Satan’s appearances, in the Heaven where God the Father dwells, are rather rare, it is evident that he has never been completely cut off from access to Him.   And here, in Revelation 12:7, we are advised that a great spiritual battle will occur in Heaven between Michael and his angels and Satan and his angels.  In verse eight we are advised that Satan’s spiritual army loses.  Furthermore, verse eight also tells us that Satan and his hoard will never again be allowed in the Heaven where God dwells.  This great spiritual battle is still future, but will be occurring after Israel flees into the Negev wilderness.  It will end with Satan being cast permanently out of heaven.
 
[9] And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him. Revelation 12:9
 
This confining of Satan to the earth will mark the point in time that Satan enters the body of the man of sin (anti-Christ), and thereafter dwells on the earth as Satan incarnate for the rest of the Tribulation Period.
 
[10] And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night. Revelation 12:10
 
At this point in time the rapture of the saved will be drawing near, and Revelation 12:11 informs us as to how those who are to be taken will be selected by God.
 
[11] And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. Revelation 12:11
 
Those taken at the rapture did not overcome the Devil by baptism, by works, tradition, or any other humanistic endeavor.  They “overcame him by the blood of the Lamb.”  It is our faith that His sacrifice of His body, and of His blood, for our sins was more than enough to save us from what we are by birth and by our inherited nature, sinners separated from God, who must have a savior.   We are born-again by belief in His Word that the Overcomer, Jesus Christ, will make his abode in us to live His life in us.
   
[4] For whatsoever is born of God overcometh the world: and this is the victory that overcometh the world, even our faith. [5] Who is he that overcometh the world, but he that believeth that Jesus is the Son of God? [7]  Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again. [23] Being born again, not of corruptible seed, but of incorruptible, by the word of God, which liveth and abideth for ever. [20] I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave himself for me. [21] I do not frustrate the grace of God: for if righteousness come by the law, then Christ is dead in vain. I John 5:4-5 & John 3:7 & I Peter 1:23 & Galatians 2:20-21.
 
If you have been born again of God, you have overcome the world by His shed blood sacrifice for your sinful state.  Faith allows you to have obtained the victory over the world by His power.  It is your belief in the sacrificial offering of the sinless Son of man, Jesus Christ, the living Son of God, as the all-sufficient price for your complete salvation, that causes you to be identified as an “overcomer.” 
 
[18] Forasmuch as ye know that ye were not redeemed with corruptible things, as silver and gold, from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers; [19] But with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot: [5] And from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood, [14] For by one offering he hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified. I Peter 1:18-19 & Revelation 1:5 & Hebrews 10:14.
 
The Remnant of Israel
    
The Remnant of Israel, Past, Present, and Future!
 
Part 5

[12] Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time. Revelation 12:12.


I must confess that, since large segments of the this 12th chapter are parenthetical to the entire book, this may be associated with the three woes that begin with the blowing of the fifth trumpet, and end with the blowing of the seventh trumpet.  It may be that the wrath of the devil is poured out on man during this period, while God’s wrath is associated with the seven vials of wrath that follow.

[13] And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound! [1] And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit. [2] And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit. Revelation 8:13 & 9:2.


[1] And I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the seven angels, Go your ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth. Revelation 16:1.


While rejoicing is going on in heaven, because of the permanent removal of the devil, three great woes are being experienced by “the inhabitants of the earth” due to his presence among them.   The devil pours out his wrath at an accelerated rate because he knows he only has a short time to vent his anger.  Revelation 12:13 returns us to be troubles of a small section of mankind – the surviving one-third of the nation of Israel trapped in the Negev wilderness.   


[13] And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child. Revelation 12:13.


The woman is what remains of Israel after the attack that drove her into the Negev and conquered Jerusalem.  If the attack were to occur in the next three years, it would amount to some 1.7 to 1.9 million Israelis.


[8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God. [1] Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. [2] For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city. Zechariah 13:8 to 14:2.    


The Remnant of Israel
 
The Remnant of Israel, Past, Present, and Future!
 
Part 6

[14] And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent. Revelation 12:14.


[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. Revelation 12:6.


The woman is Israel.  The place that God has prepared for her is the Negev wilderness.  A time is one 360 day year, times are two 360 day years, and half a time is 180 days, which totals 1260 days or 3 and ½ prophetic years.  Both these scriptures describe the time period of 42 prophetic months (30 days per month) before the end of the Tribulation Period.


When the antichrist launches his lightning Jihad from the north it will be a two pronged attack.  Syrian and Lebanese troops will launch a blitzkrieg strike southward along the western lees of the Galilean and Samaritan mountain.  The Palestinians will zoom northward along the western lee of the Judean  mountains out of Gaza to link with their comrades coming down from the north.  This will cut off coastal Israel from interior Israel.  Some 70% of the Jewish population lives along the narrow coastal strip from Tel Aviv to Haifa.  They will be kept pinned down by thousands of katyusha rockets being launched from the bluff top cities of Tul Karm and Qalqilya in the SamarianMountains.  It will eventually be necessary to air evacuate the population out of this area across the Mediterranean into the Negev, as stated in 12:14.  The other battle prong, consisting of troops from Iraq, Syria, and Iran, will be directed southward along the west bank of the Jordan River in a lightning strike.  The Palestinians will pour down the hundreds of dendritic valleys in the eastern lee of the Samarian Mountains, armed with shoulder held antitank launchers.  They will destroy many of the Israeli tanks coming north to intercept the southward moving Arab tank units of Syria, Iraq, and Iran.  The Jewish population to the east of the coastal sections, and to the west of the Jordan River, will flee on land in whatever types of transportation may be available.  This has long been the national Israel contingency plan that is to be carried out in the event of attack from the north, and the Negev has been their emergency contingency evacuation area since 1948.  If you desire a detailed discussion of what I have just briefly covered, please review Prophecy Updates 5 through 11, which are found in our Prophecy Archives.   

[15] And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood. [16] And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. Revelation 12:15-16.


Lord willing, I will continue to exposit on these verses in Birth Pang Number 42.

 
The Remnant of Israel
    
The Remnant of Israel, Past, Present, and Future!
 
Part 7

[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. [15] And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood. [16] And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. Revelation 12:6 & 15-16.


I have already exposited on all the verses prior to verses 15 and 16 in Parts 1 through 6 of previous Birth Pang Updates.  The woman, Israel, has received a population decrease of two-thirds, evacuated the city of Jerusalem, and is in the act of fleeing into the Israeli land south of Beersheva, which is the Negev.  But the Scriptures indicate that this remnant will one day return, and at that time they will call God their God, and He will once again call them His people.  The “residue” (remnant) will not be “cut off” from Jerusalem forever, but will come north out of the Negev, following the battle of Armageddon, to retake the city.


[8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God. [1] Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. [2] For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city. Zechariah 13:8 to 14:2.


The confederation of 10 nations, led by antichrist, is moving like a rolling flood in hot pursuit of Israel in verses 15 and 16.  The word “flood” is used several times in the Old Testament to refer to an army advancing like a flood.  One use is in Jeremiah 46:8.

[8] Egypt riseth up like a flood, and his waters are moved like the rivers; and he saith, I will go up, and will cover the earth; I will destroy the city and the inhabitants thereof. Jeremiah 46:8.


The antichrist has been brought down by God to drive Israel into the Negev.


[3] And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: [4] And I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy jaws, and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armour, even a great company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords: [14] Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it? [15] And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army: [16] And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes. [17] Thus saith the Lord God; Art thou he of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them? Ezekiel 38:3-4 & 14-17.


[16] And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. Revelation 12:16.


After God has put hooks into antichrist’s jaws to bring him into Israel, the Devil is cast out of heaven, and immediately directs the antichrist’s armies southward from Jerusalem toward the entrance city to the Negev, namely Beersheva.  Across southern Israel, from Hebron to Beersheva, are numerous topographical folds in the rock strata oriented northeast to southwest, and in these folds are hinge faults with the same orientation.  This type of fault is capable of suddenly opening during the occurrence of earthquake activity.  An army passing through this zone in hot pursuit, if large earthquakes suddenly rippled through it from Israel’s Arabah Fault in the Jordan Valley, could suffer many casualties by being swallowed up in it.  This is probably the earthquake that begins the last 3 and ½ years of the Tribulation Period, which occurs on the opening of the 6th Seal.


[12] And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; Revelation 6:12-17.


[18]  And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face. [19] For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel; Ezekiel 38:18-19.


Once the series of earthquakes have depleted his army, the antichrist, who will know the strength of Israel in the Negev, will halt his advance at Beersheva, and head for Egypt.  This will leave between 1.7 and 1.9 Million Israelis trapped in the Negev for about 3 and ½ years.  


[43] But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. Daniel 11:43.


In our next update, Lord willing, we will close Chapter 12 with verse 17, discussing this “remnant” of the woman’s “seed” that exhibits what true churches teach today.


[17]  And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. Revelation 12:17


The Remnant of Israel
 
The Remnant of Israel, Past, Present, and Future!
 
Part 8

[5] And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to his throne. [6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days. [17] And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.

Revelation 12:5-6 & 17.


The man child seed of the woman is Jesus Christ. God promised in Genesis 3:15 that this seed would one day crush the power of Satan, but in so doing would suffer for the price he paid while walking and dying on this earth. Even though the woman is herself a Jewish remnant, there will also be a Jewish remnant within the remnant, a living remnant of believers who testify to the unbelieving Israelis that Jesus is the Messiah, and keep the commandments delivered to them by Jesus Christ.  They are a sealed believing remnant of 144,000 Jews living among the one-third of Israel that flees to the Negev. This one-third will number between 1.7 and 1.9 million.


[4] And I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed an hundred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel. Revelation 7:4.


[8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. Zechariah 13:8.


Through the testimony of the 144,000, and the preaching of the two witnesses who lead them, it will cause all Israel to be saved when Jesus returns, and a spiritual nation shall be born in a day.


[25]  For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in. [26] And so all Israel shall be saved: as it is written, There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob: [27] For this is my covenant unto them, when I shall take away their sins. Romans 11:25-27.


[9]  And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God.

Zechariah 13:9.


[2] But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months. [3] And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. Revelation 11:2-3.


Lord willing, in our next Birth Pang Update, I will continue to expound on the remnant of Israel that begins the millennium.


Middle East Events
 
The beginnings of a pattern of military unity between Syria, Iran, and Iraq are now emerging in the Mid-East. Iraq recently conducted large-scale military maneuvers on the Syrian border, reportedly by prior agreement with the new President, Bashar Assad. Bashar then made a trip to Iran to hold talks with Iranian President Mohammad Khatami. The talks were described as “a strategic dialogue.” Eventually there will be some form of peace between the Palestinians and Israel. It may be a “forced” peace, but the end result will be an enclosed Palestinian State within the borders of Israel. This will create an impossible situation for Israel. There is no worse military position than to have an enemy within while being attacked from without. I believe it is quite likely that, by the time the year 2003 rolls around, there will have been numerous meetings behind closed doors between the leaders of Iran, Syria, Iraq, Palestine, Libya, Sudan, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Afghanistan, and Lebanon. I believe that these meetings will eventually result in a consolidated plan to lure Israel into a sense of false security. After which a vicious surprise attack will be launched against Israel from the borders of Syria and Lebanon. It will be the best co-ordinated attack ever launched against Israel and, with the Palestinians operating from within, it will force Israel into the Negev. I suspect this attack may occur at some point in time between 2003 and 2005. I will be reporting events that I consider to be tied either directly or indirectly to biblical prophecies as they occur. There are some interesting things happening in two cities in the extreme western Palestinian territory on the bluffs to the east of the western coastline of Israel. More about this later.
 
Arab Nations Attack Israel
    
The areas surrounding two autonomous Palestinian cities on the bluffs east of the coastal cities of Tel Aviv, Netanya, and Haifa, will play a major role in the future attack of a confederation of Arab nations against Israel. Approximately 70% of Israel’s Jewish population lives in the coastal zone to the west of these bluffs, with most of that being concentrated in Haifa, Tel Aviv, and Netanya. About 80% of Israel’s industrial productivity is also in this area, as well as many important military installations. These high elevations, surrounding the two Palestinian controlled cities of Tul Karm and Kalkilya (Qalqilya), stratigically dominate the coastal zones from a military standpoint, sitting on the Sharon bluff of the western Samarian and Judean Mountains. The Palestinians have been sneaking in thousands of katyusha rockets through tunnels under the Egyptian border. The rockets then pass through the Palestinian controlled Gaza Strip, and eventually end up in the areas around Tul Karm and Kalkilya. I expect the IDF to eventually raid these areas, but with only limited success. The Palestinians have also been smuggling some katyushas across the Jordan River at night. They move them westward through the dendritic openings of the eastern Judean and Samarian Mountains. They eventually pass through the highlands around Jenin, Nablus, and south of Afula. Some are hidden in the caves around Jenin for launching against Israel forces that would come north through the Jordan Valley to repulse the Syrian attack from the north. But the main weaponry smuggled into these areas consists of antitank shoulder launchers, which have been concealed in these zones in countless numbers from Afula to Jenin to Nablus to Ramalla. Thousands of kayusha rockets are well hidden in the karst topography around Tul Karm and Kalkilya. The numerous limestone caves in this area often have narrow openings that cannot be identified from the air, and they also can be cleverly concealed from surface detection. The Palestinians can rapidly recover these rockets in the event of an all out war. They can be quickly installed on the rear of a long based truck, where their mobility will increase the difficulty of detection by Israel’s aircraft. Katyusha rockets do not have a long range potential, but are deadly accurate at distances less than 100 miles. The air distances of Tul Karm and Kalkilya from Haifa, Netanya, and Tel Aviv varies from as little as 20 miles, to as much as 60 miles, which is certainly within the range of fantastic accurary for the katyusha rockets. When the future surprise attack is launched against Israel from the north from Syria and Lebanon, thousands of these rockets will shower down on the coastal population from Tel Aviv to Haifa. This surprise attack by a confederation of Islamic nations will be greatly aided by the well coordinated internal attack of the Palestinians, and will make it possible for Israel to be driven into the Negev south of Beersheva. I believe it is likely that this attack will occur only after Israel has been lulled into a false sense of security. I am persuaded it is likely to occur after 2003 begins, and before 2005 ends.
 
Remnant of Messiah
       
We broadcast a 30 minute program out of Germany every Sunday morning at 0830 UTC on a frequency of 5.975 MHz. It is on the Voice of Europe, and is called “Remnant of Messiah.” So each time a new election is held in Israel we get queries from Europe and Africa. Additionally, we get calls from across the United States because of the lecture series I have conducted for 21 years. The queries usually involve which candidate I think will win the election. It was not easy to predict the election when Benjamin Netanyahu won. But it was easy to predict his defeat by Ehud Barak, as well as Barak’s recent defeat by Ariel Sharon. The polls were quite definite as to who would win the last two elections. After an election we get even more queries as to whether or not the new leader can bring peace with the Palestinians. I do not mind answering these queries, in fact, I rather enjoy it when I have time to do it. But there is something far more important in the peace process than who is the leader of Israel, and who is the leader of the Palestinians. I retired from the USAF/National Security Agency as a synoptic analyst. When one analyzes anything, it is imperative to advance from what controls the conclusion of the problem being examined. Some problems do not have a definite controlling factor, and all the factors, both incidental and insignificant, must be given the appropriate weight in making a forecast of the outcome. However, this is not the case in making a determination of when peace will come between Israel and the Palestinians. The controlling factor, which determines when a false peace will come to Israel, rests solely with the terrorist groups that plague her. There can never be a period of peace, even false peace, without the approval of all the terrorist groups. Yassar Arafat cannot control the terrorist groups, nor can any other single Arab leader. The terrorist complex of Osama Bin Laden, the Islamic Jihad, Hamas, Hisbullah, and Fatah are really controlled by leaders in Syria, Iran, Sudan, Libya, Afghanistan, and Iraq. Until these leaders finally come to the conclusion that the only way Israel can be driven into the Negev is by being lulled into a false sense of security, the terrorist groups will continue to operate, and the killing will continue. I believe these terrorist groups will soon realize that if they really want to slaughter Jews by the hundreds of thousands, and drive the rest into the Negev, they will have to lull Israel into a brief period of false peace. When this happens, an agreement will be reached between Israel and the Palestinians. So my advice to those who want to get a feel of when the false peace will come is this: WATCH the terrorist groups. When their actions drop to zero, and stay there for a while, you may rest assured it has been as a result of meetings behind closed doors between the leaders of the aforementioned nations, and the leaders of the terrorist groups they sponsor. I don’t pay much attention to any leader of Israel or the Palestinians. The terrorist groups are the key to a false peace in the Mid-East. When they grasp that by appearing to cease their activities they will be able, at a later time, to kill many Jews, and drive the rest into the Negev, they will settle down and wait for the surprise attack against Israel from the north. Ariel Sharon may try to put a “forced peace” on the Palestinians before the terrorist groups shut down. This was one of the options considered by his party in the past. But it will not work. Watch for a cessation of terrorism. Then, after a brief period of false peace, look for a vicious surprise attack from the north out of Syria.
 
Nuclear Weapons
 
In future updates, Lord willing, I will be dealing with the use, or non-use, of nuclear weapons during the tribulation period. So, in this update, I will give a brief history of nuclear weapon development by Israel. Israel, in return for her cooperation with France in the 1956 Suez Campaign against Egypt, asked France for a nuclear reactor. The U.S. was opposed to the acquisition, but France, as she usually does, ignored U.S. protests. In 1957 the French, assisted by Israel, began to build an atomic reactor at Dimona in the Negev Wilderness. Israel assured both the U.S. and France she would only use the reactor for the peaceful commercial needs of her people. Of course, all three nations knew full well she would use it to produce an atomic bomb. By 1960 the French finished work on a 24-megawatt reactor at Dimona. In order to develop an atomic bomb, the power must be increased to 120 plus megawatts. So, immediately after the French left, Israel began the process necessary to increase the reactor's power. They eventually got it to produce 150 megawatts. In 1964 they completed their first atomic bomb. I will not discuss or reveal the what, when, where, and how Israel tested her atomic weaponry. In May of 1967 high-level Egyptian over flights of Dimona made Israel very nervous. They were afraid of an Arab air strike against Dimona from three directions. That is the reason for the pre-emptive strikes in June of 1967, when the famous Six Day War began and ended. What is very significant about this is the fact that Israel had a few atomic bombs in position for use, but did not use them. In 1968 about 200 tons of crude uranium (yellowcake) was smuggled into Israel off a Liberian tanker operating from a German port. In 1969 Israel used this material to develop a hydrogen bomb. Perhaps the most significant thing about all this involves Israel's non-use of her nuclear weaponry in the 1973 Yom Kippur War. Her enemies made initial quick gains into her territory on all fronts, yet Israel did not use her numerous nuclear weapons. Israel now has hundreds of nuclear warheads. She also has numerous chemical and biological warheads. Many of these nuclear, chemical, and biological warheads are mounted on about 200 to 300 Jericho Missiles in the Negev. Syria, Egypt, and Jordan, and by now probably Iran and Iraq, are very much aware of these missiles and warheads. Spy satellites, launched out of Plesesk and Turatam in the former Soviet Union, watched Israel's development of what has previously been described. The Soviet's shared their intelligence with Syria, Egypt, and Jordan before the 1973 Yom Kippur War. The long and short of all this points to a conclusion that I firmly believe. Israel will not launch nuclear, biological, or chemical warheads against the Arab nations unless they first launch them against her. More about this in the next regular update.  
 
War Contingency Plan
  
Every nation has a war contingency plan. And, the smaller the country, the more imperative the requirement for a detailed war contingency evacuation plan. Israel began to formulate, plan, and build her evacuation area in the early fifties. She chose the only reasonable zone, the Negev wilderness. The Negev comprises more than one-third of the total land area of Israel, beginning just north of Beersheva, and extending all the way southward to the Gulf of Aqaba. Why was the Negev the only reasonable area? From the historical prospective, the majority of Israel's major conquerors have come down from the north. Even Nebuchadnezzar, whose great empire began to the east of Israel in Babylonia, first went northwest through southern Syria to eventually attack Israel from the north. Once Israel had signed a peace treaty with Egypt, and then with Jordan, it became evident to her political and military leaders, that they had been correct in selecting the Negev. At present, it appears very unlikely that an attack will be made against Israel from any zone other than the Syria-Lebanon area. Some minister, no one knows who, during the early part of the last century, visited Petra in Jordan, and formed an erroneous opinion, which has become very popular among many teachers of prophecy. Whoever he was, his military training was sadly lacking, for he looked Petra over, and decided it would make a great defensive position for Israel to occupy, that is, if she ever had to flee her homeland. As a graduate of a military academy, and a retiree from the USAF-NSA, I can assure you, Petra is the worst possible place to evacuate the survivors of a successful Arab attack against Israel. I doubt if the one who first advanced this idea actually walked all the way through Petra's narrow northern entrance and then continued to walk out on the vast open plain to the southwest. Petra may have been a great place to defend in biblical times with the weaponry of those days, but it would be impossible to defend today. But there are other compelling reasons why Israel would never flee to Petra. There are no natural water sources in that area, and water collection by its ingenious ancient inhabitants from desert thunderstorms was never able to support a population of more than 20,000. And food production in the soil horizons of this area could never support the evacuation of one-third of Israel's population. It is also a certainty that the modern day occupants of Jordan would not offer to help Israel escape the Antichrist. But the belief that Israel will flee to Petra has become so popularized by many prominent ministers, it makes it very difficult to dissuade most followers of prophetic events. However, the fact that Israel has spent billions and billions of dollars turning the Negev into the most fortified zone on the earth, gives me the growing assurance that this is the place the woman Israel, who is described as going into the wilderness in the 12th Chapter of Revelation, will soon end up for the last three and one-half years of the tribulation period. In the next prophetic update, Lord willing, I will discuss the military developments that turned the Negev into the best prepared evacuation zone in the world.
 


1, 260 Days
 
Prophecy Update Number 5 ended by mentioning the area to which Israel will flee for safety during the later portion of the tribulation period. In Revelation 12:6 we find this flight described in graphic detail: "And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days." Prophetic years in scripture are based on a year of 360 days, hence this represents a period of three and one-half years. So Israel will be kept trapped in the Negev wilderness for the last 3 and ½ years of the tribulation period. Israel has spent billions and billions of dollars preparing the Negev for the possibility of such an evacuation of her population in the in the event of a sudden attack from the north. The Negev has been the central focus of her war contingency plan from the beginning. Her God put this thinking in the minds of her political and military leaders in the late forties, and active preparation of the area began in the early fifties. Today, the Negev is the most cleverly camouflaged zone on the surface of the earth, and unless sky satellites had watched it being prepared, one would not suspect that numerous military installations were implanted in it. Even knowing where certain defense mechanisms were originally placed, it is now extremely difficult to spot them, even driving by them at ground level. Thousands of tourists pass through the Negev and admire the beauty of her terrain from her roads, but her military capabilities are cleverly camouflaged on the surface, hidden beneath her, and concealed inside her mountains. Active preparation of the Negev began in the early fifties. After the Six Day War of June, 1967, Israel poured her finances and efforts into the creation of a hidden fortress in the Negev wilderness. The Yom Kippur War of 1973 was followed by Israel quadrupling her military forces by 1980, and the bulk of this increase was placed in the vast Sinai. The peace treaty between Israel and Egypt led to the evacuation of this increase in men and equipment from the Sinai into the much smaller Negev. This turned the already heavily fortified Negev into an impenetrable fortress. By 1983 the Sinai IDF and equipment had been withdrawn into the Negev. The IDF packed up about 80 thousand tons of military equipment, same 3800 military vehicles, and 3 airfields, and moved it into the Negev. The Negev is about 20 percent the size of the Sinai. By 1988 about 40 new military camps had been set up in the Negev. By 1990 the Negev had been topographically transformed, at a fantastic expense, into an area no enemy would dare to attempt to penetrate. When Syria, assisted by troops from Iraq and Iran, secretly and very slowly smuggled in across her southern and western borders, attacks Israel from the north, then Israel will get to use her Negev wilderness for about 3 and ½ years. These three nations, because of the sharing of satellite information received from the Russians about the Negev, know all about the military strength there and, because of this, will stop their southward push into Israel just north of Beersheva. The Israel Defense Forces (IDF) will be able to hold the Negev, and the woman Israel will stay there for the last 3 and ½ years of the tribulation period.
  
Islamic Conglomerate
 
In Prophecy Update Number 6 we discussed the military buildup by Israel in her Negev wilderness. The Negev is the wilderness of Revelation 12:6, to which the woman, who is Israel, will flee in the tribulation period: "And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days." Within the foreseeable future, Syria will lead an Islamic array of nations against Israel. The well coordinated effort of these nations, aided by the Palestinians within Israel, will be able to initially defeat the woman Israel, and she will be forced to remain in the Negev for three and one-half prophetic years, or 1260 days. According to Zechariah 13:9 to 14:2, only one-third of Israel will make it into the Negev, and the city of Jerusalem will fall to the Islamic conglomerate: "[9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God. [1] Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. [2] For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city." Considering the present number of Jews in Israel, about 4.8 million, if the attack were to occur now, that would mean about 1.6 million Jews would be hedged in the Negev for 1260 days. If the attack were to occur in the distant future that number could reach 2 million. I really do not expect such an attack to occur this year, because it has to first be secretly coordinated behind closed doors, between several Arab nations confederate with Syria, and with the terrorist groups they control. This will take several years. I feel confident the attack will not occur before 2003, but I do believe it will occur before 2012, with the most likely time being between 2004 and 2005. But if 1.6 to 2 million Jews are to survive in the Negev, they must have enough water and food to sustain them for 3 and ½ prophetic years. Has God already been instrumental in assuring they will have it? More on this in Prophecy Update Number 8.
 
Negev Wilderness
        
In Prophecy Update Number 7 we ended it by stating: "But if 1.6 to 2 million Jews are to survive in the Negev, they must have enough water and food to sustain them for 3 and ½ prophetic years. Has God already been instrumental in assuring they will have it? More on this in Prophecy Update Number 8." The answer is certainly a resounding YES, and in this update we will deal with the question of sufficient water. I first became aware of what God has done under the Negev wilderness in the late seventies. I already knew there were many shallow pockets of water that supplied the springs of the Negev, and that these pockets were reinforced by short bursts of desert thunderstorms from time to time. And I also knew this hydrological cycle could not possibly sustain a population of as many as 2 million future occupants. But God has already taken care of this problem in the distant past. In ancient times, when rainfall was abundant in the Negev and Sinai, God built up a vast reservoir of water deep beneath the hard rock layers of the Negev. There are billions of cubic feet of water stored under the Negev. However, a serious problem existed when it was first discovered. The water was 1300 to 2000 feet under the Negev, and this consisted of very hard rock layers. The technology of man, in the seventies, had not yet reached the level of capability to consistently drill a large number of wells to this depth. However, God informed Daniel, in Chapter 12, Verse 4, that something would happen in the end times which would increase man's technological capabilities: "But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased." Now we have the technological knowledge to recover this vast underground supply of water. At first, it was feared the water might have a high salt content, such that it would not be usable. But we were surprised to discover its salt content was only one-tenth of that of the open oceans and seas of the world. It can very easily be converted to drinkable water. It was also a pleasant surprise to Israel to discover it could be directly applied to botanical growth without any harmful resultant. In fact, in many cases, it produces a higher quality of fruits and vegetables if left untreated from its recovery state. God has placed enough water under the Negev to more than support the remnant of Israel for more than 3 and ½ prophetic years. But what about food for almost 2 million Jews? More on this in Prophecy Update Number 9.
 

In our very first prophecy update we issued the following statement: "I believe it is quite likely that, by the time the year 2003 rolls around, numerous meetings will have been held behind closed doors between the leaders of Iran, Iraq, Palestine, Libya, Sudan, Algeria, Lebanon, Algeria, Morocco, and Afghanistan. I believe that these meetings will eventually result in a consolidated plan to lure Israel into a false sense of security. After this goal has been attained, a vicious surprise attack will be launched from the borders of Syria and Lebanon. It will be by far the best coordinated attack ever launched against Israel and, with the Palestinians operating from within, it will force Israel into the Negev." This week the Arab leaders held their first regular summit meeting in 10 years in Amman, Jordan. Bashar Assad, the president of Syria, in his speech at the opening of the summit, sent a message of reconciliation to Yassar Arafat. After his speech he met with Arafat in a closed meeting in a hotel room next to the summit conference hall. The meeting was also attended by Assad's vice president and Arafat's information and culture minister. Palestinian officials said the meeting was "fruitful and constructive," and that "They agreed to reactivate the joint coordination on the basis of a just and comprehensive peace." The fact that they agreed to coordinate their peace policies was a breakthrough after eight years of tense relations between the two sides. These tense relations began when Hafez Assad, Bashar's late father, became suspicious of Arafat because of his seeking a peaceful settlement with Israel on his own initiative, without Syria's approval. This is from a World - Associated Press release as updated on March 28, at 7:25 AM EST. For the next several years there will be more and more closed meetings between the leaders of the 10 aforementioned countries, and these meetings will also include the leaders of the numerous terrorist groups they control. At each regular Arab summit meeting there will be more and more "side" meetings behind closed doors. The only way that the Arab nations can ever hope to defeat Israel is to lead her into a false sense of security. This will take several years of numerous closed door meetings, and the terrorist leaders must be convinced that by temporarily stopping their activities against Israel, eventually they will be able to obtain their long-sought revenge in a killing spree of horror. When you see Israel and Syria negotiating for the Golan Heights, the terrorist groups settling down, and the Palestinians seeming to be satisfied with less than Barak offered them, then Katie, bar the door. "[9] Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee. [10] Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: [11] And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates," (Ezekiel 38:9-11).


Fossil Waters
 
In our last update we revealed the fantastic amount of water God has stored deep under the Negev. It is in the Negev wilderness that between 1.6 and 1.9 million Jews will live during the last 3 and ½ years of the Tribulation Period. But what about food, could the Negev use this great surplus of water to produce enough food for this new population? The truth is this: Israel is well on the way to doing this today! Once Israel was able to tap into the billions of cubic feet of fossil waters under the Negev, she immediately began to put it to use in production of a variety of botanical products. It has caused the spread of hothouses, orchards, and fishponds from one end of the Negev to the other. The Negev now grows tomatoes, olives, and melons along with other types of vegetation. Pipelines from the fossil water sources, laid to fish farms, have generated some 15 fish farms in the Negev. Some farms have ponds up to 75 feet in length, which can contain up to 20,000 fish. The fish industry continues to grow and expand, as do all the Negev's agricultural endeavors. Successful production of a crop of seedless, purple red grapes, will eventually lead to grape vines covering the barren Negev from Ramat Hanegev to Mitzpe Ramon. This botanical development can only accelerate, and within three years there will be enough foodstuffs produced to sustain an initial influx of up to 1.9 million Jews for a few months. The utilization of a part of this population explosion will dramatically increase food production by the end of their first year, and it will be sufficient to feed all the Negev residents for the rest of their stay. However, there will be a period of insufficient food, but this same God, who provided the water and technology for developing the Negev, will also cover this need by the "they" in verse 6 of Revelation, chapter 12: "And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that THEY should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days." I was taught as a young man that the "they" were angels. I certainly do not preclude this possibility, because God has used angels in the past for such situations. However, I believe I can prove from scripture what seems more reasonable, and will cover this in our next prophecy update.
 
All Nations of the World
 
In our last prophecy update we discussed how the usage of a vast underground water supply in the Negev was producing a large variety of foodstuffs across its surface. However, when one-third of the population of Israel is pushed into the Negev by the Antichrist in the middle of the Tribulation Period, the initial food supply and production will only be sufficient for a few months initially, and it will take a year to bring it to adequate levels for such a rise in numbers. So, for a few months, additional food will be provided by the "they" found in verse 6 of the 12th chapter of Revelation: "And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that THEY should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days." The answer, as to who the "they" represents, is to be found in the preceding verse 5, where the word "NATIONS" acts as the precedent to the word "THEY" in verse 6: "And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all NATIONS with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to his throne." (Revelation 12:5). Remember, in the initial attack of the Antichrist from Syria, all the nations of the world are not involved. All the nations of the world do not become involved until some three years later at the final battle identified as Armageddon. So the "they" in verse 6 refers to nations from the free world. Such nations as the United States, England, Canada, and Australia, will airlift food, clothing, and shelters to Israel in the Negev during this critical period of shortages. The Antichrist, since he has previously overrun the fertile and industrial heartland of Israel, will seek to gain world approval of his actions by appearing, at this point, to be a merciful conqueror, and will not contest this airlifting of foodstuffs to the Negev. In fact, his aircraft will be under orders not to fire on any foreign aircraft for fear of getting involved in a war with the western powers. As I informed you in previous prophecy updates, the Antichrist will be well aware of the defenses in the Negev, and will have no desire to penetrate any further south than Beersheva. But at the end of the Tribulation Period, he will send out a call to the European mainland, all the nations once under the Soviet Union, Russia, and all the countries of Asia and Africa, and many will come to this final great battle: "And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon." (Revelation 16:16).
 
Nation of Israel
 
The woman of Revelation 12:1, pictured as being clothed with the sun, standing on the moon, with a crown of 12 stars, is clearly identified by Joseph's dream in Genesis 37:9-11. Joseph dreams of the sun as representing his father Jacob, who God renamed Israel, and from whose loins came the Nation of Israel. He pictures the moon as being the women who gave birth to the 12 sons of Israel. And the 12 stars are those 12 sons who propagated the Nation of Israel. The woman is definitely the Nation of Israel because this set of symbols appears only in Genesis 37 and Revelation 12, and one interprets the other. This woman, who represents Israel, is pictured as fleeing into "the wilderness" in Revelation 12:6. I have proven, in numerous previous updates, that "the wilderness" is the Negev Wilderness of southern Israel. This is part of the same area where Israel previously wandered for 40 years before being allowed to enter the Promised Land of the Exodus. She will once again be confined in the Negev Wilderness for 1260 days, after having been driven into it by an attack from Syria consisting of a confederation of Islamic nations. We are told in Daniel 11:41 that the King of the North will enter into "the glorious land" of Israel, but that the land of the descendants of Ammon, Moab, and Esau would be by-passed as he pushed Israel into the Negev. If you look on any map showing the areas inhabited by the descendants of these three men in 600 B.C., and then overlay it on a current day map, you will discover all three areas are within the borders of present day Jordan. So Jordan will not be attacked by the Islamic confederation of nations. Why? Because it is of no tactical, political, or geographical advantage to the King of the North. However, Egypt has all three of these advantages vested in the Suez Canal, her ports, and her water supply. So, after by-passing Jordan, and driving Israel into the Negev Wilderness, he will quickly veer to the west and conquer Egypt. More on this in updates to follow. At the recent Arab Summit Meeting, the first one held in a decade, Jordan, Egypt, and Saudi Arabia failed to concur with some of the boycotts against Israel, which were proposed by their Islamic counterparts. Egypt was also the first bordering Islamic nation to initiate peace with Israel. Egypt, according to Daniel 11:42,43, will pay a price for it when the Islamic hoard, led by Syria, charges across the northern Sinai to conquer her.
 
I have received several queries concerning present military escalations between the PA and the IDF in Israel, and there seems to be concern that it will develop into a major war between the two opposing forces. And others have expressed a fear that Israel's Arab neighbors might join the conflict. I do not believe there is a good reason for believing that a major war will break out in Israel at this present time. In previous prophecy updates, which you can pull up out of our prophecy archive, especially in update number 2, we have discussed how the PA smuggled in, and then hid, thousands of katyusha rockets in the zone around Tul Karm and Kalkilya. Until you see the PA start to utilize these rockets, there is no need for alarm over the possibility of a major war in the Mid-East. The PA has also smuggled in thousands of shoulder held antitank launchers across the Jordan at night, and below and above the border with Sinai. So far we have only seen active fighting in those areas where these rockets and antitank weapons are not stored. These weapons are being held in reserve for the time that a coordinated attack by Syria, leading several other Arab nations, can be conducted with the Palestinians creating internal chaos in central Israel. I am persuaded it will take at least two to four years for this coordinated sneak attack to be planned. It will require the united effort of all the Arab forces to defeat Israel. And it must include the partnership of all the terrorist groups. They must cease their activities before Israel can be sure the peace will be genuine. It is my opinion that the war of Gog and Magog, found in the 38th and 39th Chapters of Ezekiel, will not occur before 2003, but is likely to occur before 2006.

Peace and Safety

The Apostle Paul had a deep spiritual burden for his own people, the nation of Israel. His born again heart longed for them to forsake their unbelief by turning to Jesus as their Messiah. He expresses this desire in Romans 10:1 as he states: "Brethren, my hearts desire and prayer to God for Israel is that they might be saved." There is no question that Paul saw Israel as being in unbelief. But he knew that some future day they would believe, and consequently be grafted back into God's olive tree, from which they had been broken off because of their unbelief. He stated this principle in Romans 11:20, as he wrote: "Well, because of unbelief they were broken off." But he goes on in verse 23 to indicate they will one day believe, and thereby restored to being part of God's olive tree. He writes, "And they also, if they abide not still in unbelief, shall be grafted in: for God is able to graft them in again." I said all this to explain the words "they" and "them" in I Thessalonians 5:3, where Paul states: "For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh on them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape." Paul, in his use of "they" and "them," is referring to the nation of Israel in unbelief. However, it would also in part apply to all unbelievers in the last days. So why have I given this discourse? The word translated as "safety" is "asphaleia," which means "the security one experiences when standing on something that is firmly fixed. It gives the one standing on it a sense of "not falling." The last four leaders of Israel have worn out the following expression: "We must have a peace with security." We have heard it used hundreds of times on the media, and it has been printed over and over again in countless articles. Why is this important? God indicates a time will come when Israel actually believes she has "a peace with security." Why is it so important that we understand this prediction? Because we can know that the final war, involving Israel's Islamic neighbors, will not occur until it is fulfilled! Israel must be lulled into a false sense of security before any united Islamic attack against her can be successful. Until this happens, and it will, I merely wait for it to come to pass. Then, when peace and security for Israel does appear to arrive in the Middle East, you can know that the final war of this age is about to occur. Don't believe all these terrorist attacks will suddenly cause the final war of this age to begin. It is only when they cease that you can know the last war, which finally produces Armageddon some 3 and ½ years after it begins, is imminent.    

Islamic  Jihad

In our very first prophetic update, which can be found in our prophetic archives, we showed how the beginning of a pattern of military unity between Syria, Iran, and Iraq was emerging. We also indicated we expected a pattern of ever increasing meetings of Islamic nations, behind closed doors, would begin. These meetings will eventually result in a consolidated attack against Israel at some point after 2003 begins, but before 2006 arrives. I realize this timing is speculative, but at this time it fits the Biblical pattern of end time events, and seems to be the most likely scenario. In Prophecy Update 8A we discussed one of the initial closed door meetings, which occurred at the first Arab Summit Meeting in 10 years. The meeting was held at Amman, Jordan earlier this month. For the first time in 8 years, after a closed door session, Syria and the Palestinians reconciled their differences, and agreed to "reactivate the joint coordination on the basis of a just and comprehensive peace." In Prophecy Update 11A we showed why it will require the united effort of most of the Arab forces to defeat Israel, and that it must include the partnership of all the terrorist groups. In Prophecy Update 12, I used Scripture to prove why Israel must be lulled into a false sense of "peace with security" before she can be defeated. The terrorist groups are under the control of several leaders. These leaders follow the dictates of several Islamic nations, and they must be part of the plan to trick Israel into a feeling of false security. Two of the best known terrorist groups are Hamas, headed by Khaled al-Mashaal, and Hizbullah, headed by Sheik Hassan Nasrallah. Recently, the two groups have been operating independently of each other, seeming vying with each other to see who could gain the greatest terrorist glory in attacks against Israel. Hizbullah's followers are Shiite Muslims, while the Hamas is basically composed of the Sunni branch of the Islamic faith. Hizbullah is based in Beirut, Lebanon, and Hamas is based in Gaza, but they have numerous outreach headquarters. Hamas wants ALL of existing Israel to become an Islamic Republic. Both Hamas and Hizbullah are anxious for the nations of Islam to declare a Jihad (Holy War) against Israel. Recently, Iran, which has the main control over these two groups, issued a call from its terrorist backers in her government, to come and meet with them. They called Khaled and Hassan to Tehran. The purpose of this meeting was to put the two in a cooperative mood, and to instruct them concerning the plans for a future Jihad against Israel. There will be many other sessions, behind closed doors, between the leaders of the Islamic nations before the Jihad begins. Israel must be lulled into a false sense of security before a Jihad can be successful, and it must be well coordinated to insure success. The Arab leaders of the Islamic nations must carefully plan the Jihad, and part of that planning would include the gradual decline of all terrorist activities against Israel. I expect terrorist activities, and many closed door meetings, to continue for the next two years. I do not believe the Jihad will occur before 2003, but I do believe it is likely to occur before 2006. 


Koran

In order to understand why the only type of peace that can occur in Israel must be both false and temporary, one must comprehend the religious promises made to the Islamic martyr in the Koran. Genuine peace can only be bought to Israel at the return of her true Messiah. The Koran is not a lengthy book. It can be read by the average reader in about 18 hours. It is unquestioningly accepted by Muslims to be the infallible word of Allah, as revealed to Mohammed by the Angel Gabriel, some 1400 years ago. Muslims believe it is a transcript of a tablet that is preserved in heaven. It is divided into numerous short sections. In the section titled "The Night Journey," it teaches that Israel has already been scourged twice by the Assyrians and Romans, and that if they again transgress against Allah, they will once again be scourged by a third army, supposedly Islamic. This would be the Jihad (Holy War) sought by Iraq and Iran, and all the Islamic terrorist groups. Under "The Chambers," in the Koran, true believers are identified as those who are willing to fight for the cause of Allah. It is written as follows: "The true believers are those who have faith in Allah and His Apostle and never doubt; and who fight for His cause with their wealth and persons. Such are those whose faith is true." In the Koran, under "Ornaments of Gold," this is the promise to the faithful and all martyrs of the Islamic faith: "But you, My servants, who have believed in my revelations, and surrendered yourselves, shall on that day have nothing to fear, or to regret. Enter Paradise, you and your spouses, in all delight. You shall be served with golden dishes and gold cups. Abiding there forever, you shall find all that your souls desire and all that your eyes rejoice in." The members of the terrorist groups believe this promise of Allah in the Koran, and are more than willing to die in the fight for Allah's cause. This is the basic belief of most Muslims, so the terrorist groups are not having a problem in getting numerous volunteers to die for Allah in suicide bombings. In fact, there is a backlog waiting to die in Allah's cause, and many grow weary in waiting their turn to secure the eternal blessings of Allah. It does not matter what you believe about these promises, it only matters what they believe! The only way the terrorist groups can be satisfied by their homeland leaders, is to be assured that if they hold off their activities for a brief period of time, then a Jihad can successfully be launched against peaceful Israel as a surprise attack. Those dying in this Great Jihad, as the martyrs of Allah, would be ushered eternally into the presence of Allah. The key to peace in Israel rests with the terrorist groups. When they can be assured the end result of their ceasing their activities will be the killing of millions of Jews, and a retaking of their land, then they will stop their attacks, and await the promised Jihad. So WATCH the terrorist groups. When they finally cease their activities, peace will come for a brief period, and will be ended with the sudden launching of a Jihad from Syria. In our next prophecy update we will cover some of the things that would trigger a Jihad.   
 
Holy War
   
In order to understand why the only type of peace that can occur in Israel must be both false and temporary, one must comprehend the religious promises made to the Islamic martyr in the Koran. Genuine peace can only be bought to Israel at the return of her true Messiah. The Koran is not a lengthy book. It can be read by the average reader in about 18 hours. It is unquestioningly accepted by Muslims to be the infallible word of Allah, as revealed to Mohammed by the Angel Gabriel, some 1400 years ago. Muslims believe it is a transcript of a tablet that is preserved in heaven. It is divided into numerous short sections. In the section titled "The Night Journey," it teaches that Israel has already been scourged twice by the Assyrians and Romans, and that if they again transgress against Allah, they will once again be scourged by a third army, supposedly Islamic. This would be the Jihad (Holy War) sought by Iraq and Iran, and all the Islamic terrorist groups. Under "The Chambers," in the Koran, true believers are identified as those who are willing to fight for the cause of Allah. It is written as follows: "The true believers are those who have faith in Allah and His Apostle and never doubt; and who fight for His cause with their wealth and persons. Such are those whose faith is true." In the Koran, under "Ornaments of Gold," this is the promise to the faithful and all martyrs of the Islamic faith: "But you, My servants, who have believed in my revelations, and surrendered yourselves, shall on that day have nothing to fear, or to regret. Enter Paradise, you and your spouses, in all delight. You shall be served with golden dishes and gold cups. Abiding there forever, you shall find all that your souls desire and all that your eyes rejoice in." The members of the terrorist groups believe this promise of Allah in the Koran, and are more than willing to die in the fight for Allah's cause. This is the basic belief of most Muslims, so the terrorist groups are not having a problem in getting numerous volunteers to die for Allah in suicide bombings. In fact, there is a backlog waiting to die in Allah's cause, and many grow weary in waiting their turn to secure the eternal blessings of Allah. It does not matter what you believe about these promises, it only matters what they believe! The only way the terrorist groups can be satisfied by their homeland leaders, is to be assured that if they hold off their activities for a brief period of time, then a Jihad can successfully be launched against peaceful Israel as a surprise attack. Those dying in this Great Jihad, as the martyrs of Allah, would be ushered eternally into the presence of Allah. The key to peace in Israel rests with the terrorist groups. When they can be assured the end result of their ceasing their activities will be the killing of millions of Jews, and a retaking of their land, then they will stop their attacks, and await the promised Jihad. So WATCH the terrorist groups. When they finally cease their activities, peace will come for a brief period, and will be ended with the sudden launching of a Jihad from Syria. In our next prophecy update we will cover some of the things that would trigger a Jihad.
 
Catholic Beliefs

John, in the book of Revelation, used numerous symbols, figures, and types to illustrate both the things of his day, and future events. At times, he used symbols to identify the nations of his day. He was exiled on Patmos, and was in no position to identify Rome in an unfavorable way. At times he used symbols of his day to identify specific things, and then explained their future roles in the last days. One of these symbols was a woman in chapters 17 and 18. He identified her as existing in his day, and then proceeded to project her future role in the events of the last days. She was identified as a specific city in John's writings in Revelation 17:18, where John states: "And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth." There was only one city in his day that could possibly fit this description, the great city of Rome. In Revelation 17:7, John pictures this woman riding on a beast with 7 heads and 10 horns. The beast is emblematic of the Antichrist and his Empire of the last days. The 10 horns are 10 Islamic nations, who were once part of the old Roman Empire, which, at its greatest extent, stretched eastward across Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Libya, northern Sudan, Egypt, northern Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Lebanon, Syria, Turkey, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Iraq, and Iran. Rome is now putting its foot in the stirrups to initially mount the beast with the 10 horns. The pope, during his recent visit to Syria, fellowshipped with its top cleric, Sheik Ahmad Kuftaro. They walked together in the ancient Umayyah Mosque in Damascus. This was the first time in history that a pope of Rome had entered a Muslim mosque. The pope was personally welcomed by Syrian president Bashar al-Assad at the Damascus airport. In Assad's speech, he accused Israel of violating justice, occupying Arab land, and attacking Christian and Muslim holy sites. In the pope's address, he stated: "It is time to return to the principles of international legality; the banning of acquisition of territory by force." Although he did not mention Israel by name, this appeared to be a reference to her. I expect closer political, religious, and economic ties to develop between Rome and the Islamic nations. However, in the final analysis, Rome will regret her end times linkage with Islam. After the beast has used the woman to favorably influence the western world to his cause, having no other use for her, he will allow his 10 horns to burn her numerous churches to the ground across all of Islam. In Revelation 17:16, we are advised that the 10 horns, who represent 10 Islamic kings, "shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire." Most believe it is impossible for any sort of religious approval for Islam to be pursued by the Catholic church. However, when one compares the teachings of Catholics, Muslims, and Jews, one discovers that the Catholic and Islamic faiths, in some areas, are much closer than their connections with the Jewish faith. Catholics use the Bible. Muslims use the Koran. Jews use the Old Testament. The comparisons between the Islamic and Catholic beliefs, concerning Christ and Mary are as follows: (1) They both believe Christ was born of a virgin named Mary. But the Jews do not. (2) They both believe Christ's birth was announced to Mary by an Angel. The Jews do not. (3) They both believe Christ was a messenger sent by God. The Jews do not. (4) They both believe that John the Baptist was a messenger sent to announce Jesus as a messenger from God. The Jews do not. (5) They both view the apostles of Jesus as spreading the truth. The Jews do not. The major difference is one of supreme importance. The Catholics believe Jesus is the Son of God. The Muslims, in their Koran, clearly state that Allah, their one God, has decreed he will not have a son. When John Paul II became the first pope to enter an Islamic mosque, while calling for brotherhood between Christians and Muslims, he unknowingly began to prepare the ride of the woman on the beast. By the time Israel is driven into the Negev wilderness, the woman will support the actions of the beast in recovering Arab lands. 


Pope

In the Pope's recent Damascus address, given following a speech by Bashar al-Assad which had harsh criticism for Israel regarding her possession of Arab land, the Pope stated: "It is time to return to the principle of international legality; the banning of acquisition of territory by force." This obviously referred to Israel taking Arab lands, and then building Jewish settlements on them, plus the recent IDF incursions into the Gaza Strip. The Pope wields tremendous influence on many government officials, particularly in Catholic dominated countries in Europe, and in the western hemisphere south of the United States. The tide of international public opinion, which, at one time, favored Israel, is now turning to the Palestinian Authority and the other Arab nations. It was no accident that, shortly after the Pope's statement, the Mitchell report was released by the international commission. The Palestinian Authority (PA) says it accepts the entire report. Israel's Foreign Minister, Shimon Peres, called the international report "a highly balanced analysis, which invites Israel and the PA to an international ground from which to once again embark on the peace process." However, Israel continues to build Jewish settlements in the disputed territories. This is one of the reasons the tide of international opinion is turning more and more against Israel. In the week following the Pope's statement, the European Union (EU) issued a statement on the Middle East. EU officials harshly criticized Israel in the statement, and in their speeches leading to the statement. The current President of the EU, Sweden Foreign Minister Anna Lindh, rejected "Israeli incursions into areas under Palestinian control, firing along different road sections." She likened it to "selective assassination of people." Lindh never mentioned PA Chairman Yassar Arafat in her speech, but seemed to lay all fault on Prime Minister Ariel Sharon. She then called on Israel to stop building in the settlements, and went even further by requesting Israel to "begin withdrawing from its settlements." The EU's Commissioner for External Relations, Chris Patten, stated: " The EU's position on settlements is clear: all settlement activities in Gaza, the West Bank, the Golan Heights, and east Jerusalem are illegal under international law, and constitute a major obstacle to peace. This includes the 'natural growth' of settlements - a violation of international law that cannot be allowed to continue unabated." There are two things the Islamic nations must produce in order to drive Israel into the Negev wilderness with a minimum of outside interference: (1) To have the vast majority of world opinion in their favor, and (2) To create a false peace by stopping their terrorist activities long enough to lull Israel into a false sense of security. The Arab forces, in the eventual attack against Israel, would be militarily insane to use atomic, chemical, or biological weapons against Israel, knowing what she has ready to launch in the Negev wilderness. I have outlined the reason for this in previous Prophecy Updates, which can be read from our archives. Islam would be equally insane militarily to try to take any of the land south of Beersheva, which is the gateway to the Negev. The reason for my confidence on this point is also found in the prophecy archives. Once the Syrian led coalition has taken everything north of Beersheva, they will have all they want and need. The woman that flees into the Negev wilderness in Revelation 12:6 is the remnant of Zechariah 13:8,9, and she will be there for 3 & ½ prophetic years.
 
Sons of God
 
Before the sons of God were to appear in glorious manifestation on the millennial earth, there was to be a groaning of God's creation. The earth was to travail like a woman experiencing birth pangs. We were advised of this by Paul in verses 19 and 22 of the eighth chapter of Romans, where he wrote: "For the earnest expectation of the creature waiteth for the manifestation of the sons of God," and "For we know that the whole creation groaneth and trvaileth in pain together until now." The birth pangs were occasionally felt during the time of Paul's writings, but Matthew indicated they would increase noticeably just before Christ's coming for his saints in verses 7b and 8 of the twentieth-fourth chapter of his gospel, where he wrote: "And there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes in divers (many different) places. All these are the beginning of sorrows (odin)." The word "odin" is used for "sorrows" by Matthew, and the same root word for "odin" is used by Paul in Romans 8:22 to describe the "travail" of God's creation. You may use any Greek lexicon of your choice, and you will find that the basic meaning of the word "odin" refers to the birth pangs experienced by a woman in the travail of delivering a child. Therefore, when the Lord said "All these," in verse 8, he was referring specifically to the birth pangs that would be suffered, in a period of time just before his coming, because of famines, pestilence, and earthquakes. He indicated that all three of these phenomena would increase steadily like a woman's birth pangs, ever increasing in this period labeled as "the beginning of sorrows." Down through the centuries earthquakes, famine, and pestilence have been used repeatedly to teach that the coming of Jesus was at hand. However, they have never followed the "odin" pattern of a woman's birth pangs during recorded history, that is, until now. In order for this prophecy of Christ to be fulfilled these phenomena had to behave like a woman's birth pains. When true labor pangs begin, they become greater and greater in frequency and intensity with the passage of time. Earthquake surges have come and gone in short duration patterns since this prophecy was uttered, but now, for the first time since it was given, they are steadily following the pattern of "odin." The same basic pattern is now being followed in famine, pestilence, and earthquakes, just as Jesus indicated. In this update we will show the "odin" pattern in earthquakes. In future updates we will cover pestilence (loimos) and famine, Lord willing. The statistics which will follow were first extracted from the Earthquake Data File Summary, U. S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Environmental Data Service, Boulder, Colorado, which was issued in May of 1976. I have received updates to the original report from the same source every year since 1977. While the intensity of the earthquakes is similar to the Richter scale, with which most people are familiar, they are not exactly the same, but rather than launch out into a technical discussion of the difference, let me simply state that, for comparative purposes, they are the same. They come from Table 2 - Summary of data file by year by magnitude and depth. As you read the numbers which follow in the narrative, remember they are referring to earthquakes reported across the earth greater than one in intensity on the Richter scale. Before Israel officially became a nation in May of 1948, there were never more than 6,000 earthquakes greater than one reported in any 19 year period. I chose a 19 year cycle, because that is the number of years which passed between the time that Israel became a nation (1948), and the time she finally took back Old Jerusalem and her Temple Mount (1967). During the 19 year period between 1948 and the beginning of 1968, 32,789 earthquakes were reported across the surface of the planet. In 1967 Israel recaptured the Old City of Jerusalem and her Temple Mount and, for the first time since she lost it to the Romans in A.D. 70, she regained sovereignty over it. During the 19 year period that followed, from 1968 to 1986, there were 125,011 earthquakes reported across the earth. In just 14 years, from 1986 to 2000, we had 247,347 earthquakes reported on this globe. I assure you that they will continue to accelerate, but if they were simply to continue at this static rate of 17,688 per year then, by the time that the 19 year cycle is completed in 2005, there will have been 335,687 reported across the earth. The average number reported per year since 1948 has increased, in 19 year cycles, from 1,726 to 6,579 to 17,688. I realize that a large part of the increase is due to better seismological equipment, a better reporting system, and an increase in the density of population, but it cannot be attributed to these factors alone. And, after all, Jesus simply said, for all practical purposes, that more and more would be reported in may different (differs) places just before he came again. And, in saying they would be in many different places, one would have to surmise he knew man would spread across the earth and that technology would rapidly increase in the last days. In any case, it demonstrates he is who he claimed to be, the Son of God, who knows the future. Did not the Spirit, in Daniel 12:4, indicate that man would spread across the earth, and technology would bring a literal knowledge and capability explosion: "But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased." Could Jesus have known less?
 
Pestilences

For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences (loimos), and earthquakes, in divers places. [8] All these are the beginning of sorrows (odin). (Matthew 24:7,8)

In Prophecy Update Number 18 we conducted a lengthy discussion of why earthquakes, famine, and pestilence were, just before Jesus returns, according to the word "odin," supposed to follow the pattern of birth pangs a woman suffers in child bearing. We demonstrated that, for the first time in history, when Israel became a nation, worldwide earthquakes were following such a pattern. But what about Matthew's "pestilence?" Is it following the pattern of a woman's birth travail for the first time since Jesus prophesied it would? Absolutely! The basic root meaning of the word "loimos," translated "pestilence," is simply "any deadly infectious disorder." Many plagues have passed through mankind since the fall, but none have generated a massive epidemic that was continuously accelerating over a long period of time. These "loimos" have never been able to follow the pattern of a woman's birth pains for very long on a worldwide basis. Cholera, small pox, typhoid, bubonic plague, and so on, have appeared in short spurts like false labor, but none has ever maintained a persistent, ever increasing, epidemic characteristic with seemingly no end. But now, for the first time, we have a "loimos," a deadly infectious disorder, that has portrayed these characteristics from its inception. The HIV virus is the first to perfectly match the pattern of a woman's birth pangs, and it will continue to do so until the travail of the woman Israel ends, and the Son she rejected arrives. HIV is a virus that has swept across the globe like wildfire. HIV cases worldwide increased from a trace in 1980 to more than 5 million in 1985, to more than 10 million in 1990, to more than 20 million in 1995, and to a whopping 35 million in 2000. AIDS, the dreadful blossom of HIV, was first reported in a British sailor, who died in England in 1959. HIV has hardest hit Africa up to this point, but it is poised to spread into Asia and the former Soviet Union as an ever-increasing storm. And, in truth, medical researchers seem no closer to fining a cure than they were twenty years ago.


Are there other "loimos" infections that have also started to demonstrate the patterns of a woman's birth pangs? Yes! The World Health Organization (WHO) fears that tuberculosis may kill 30 million worldwide during the next decade. The emergence of drug-resistant strains, and the spread of HIV have both hampered efforts by health agencies to slow the renewed spread of the consumptive illness. Another sort of "loimos" is malaria, which is on the rise around the world, and once curative treatments are losing their effect. It is a pestilence of global dimensions, and new strains are evolving that scientists fear will be untreatable.

But what about all the microbes generating all this pestilence, this "loimos," these deadly infectious disorders, what are they doing, how are they behaving? Are they doing something that will make the pestilences continue to act like a woman's birth pangs through the tribulation period? Yes! A leading national magazine cover, back in the last century, carried the bold print title: "REVENGE OF THE KILLER MICROBES - ARE WE LOSING THE WAR AGAINST INFECTIOUS DISEASES?" Tuft's Levy answered the question in Newsweek Magazine by stating: "The rise of drug-resistant germs is unparalleled in recorded biologic history." Because of this contributing factor, pestilence will become more and more widespread in its acceleration until the second advent of Christ.

Famine

[7] For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. [8] All these are the beginning of sorrows.  (Matthew 24:7,8)


In previous prophecy updates we have discussed the importance of the word “odin”, which is the Greek word translated “sorrows” in Matthew 24:8.  It refers to the birth pangs experienced by a woman in childbirth.  So in using this word Jesus indicates they will follow this pattern just before he comes again.  A woman’s birth pains begin with a single pain and then continue to increase in frequency and intensity until the child is born.  These three phenomena, earthquakes, famine, and pestilence had never, in historical records, followed this pattern until Old Jerusalem and the Temple Mount were taken from the Jordanians in 1967.  Since that time all three have developed such a pattern.  In the two previous prophecy updates we covered earthquakes and pestilence.  But what about famine, is it also following the same pattern?  Absolutely!  The population explosion that has suddenly burst on the scene should come as no surprise to mankind.  The world’s population has roughly, in somewhat similar manner, followed the principle of daily doubling pennies.  Suppose that someone proposed to give you five billion dollars if you would double a penny he gave you for forty days.  Would you take the deal?  A single penny on the first day would produce two cents on the second day, four cents on the third day, eight cents on the fourth day, sixteen cents on the fifth day, thirty-two cents on the sixth day, sixty-four cents on the seventh day, and only $1.28 on the eighth day.  So, based on what you’ve read so far, it seems like a pretty good deal.  But on day forty you would have to fork over move than five billion dollars.  This principle is now being added into the famine equation.


The world’s famine outbreaks in the developing countries have been occurring closer and closer together in time since World War II, and this trend, like a woman’s birth pangs, will definitely accelerate until Jesus comes.  Why?  A few thousand years ago eight men and women descended in an ark “upon the mountains of Ararat,” and then began to multiply.  At first, like the penny, the increase was slow and insignificant numerically.  When Jesus was born, the world population had only reached about 200 million.  When Columbus sailed the ocean blue in 1492, it had only reached 400 million.  But, like the multiplying multiples of the penny, it began to accelerate about the time of the Civil War, and exploded after the Great Depression of the thirties.  In 1989 the world population reached five billion and, the same year, eleven million of the earth’s residents died of starvation.  The world population passed six billion in October of 1999, and is predicted to reach ten billion in 2030.  There is no way under heaven that the developing countries across the Bible Lands of Asia and Africa, where most of this increase is forecast to occur, can fail to have an ever increasing, massive famine.  Some say the population will only reach 8.5 billion in 2030.  But even if this is true, how can the additional 3.5 billion be fed if 11 million died of starvation in 1989 with a population of only five billion.


In the late seventies, when I wrote my second book, TheTribulation Triad, I pointed out that the famines absolutely had to continue to increase in frequency and intensity.  It is even more of a sure thing today!  One might suppose that the prediction of thirty million Africans dying from AIDS during the next quarter century, would cause the predicted population growth to be canceled out.  Nothing could be farther from the truth!  In spite of this staggering AIDS toll, Africa’s population is expected to double during this time period.


Some say, don’t worry, agricultural technology will solve the famine problem.  No way!  The latest U.N. study found ten percent of the world’s soil profile badly damaged.  The three-year study accessed soil conditions on a global scale, and involved more than 250 soil scientists.  It marked the first time since World War II that soil profiles had been assessed on a global scale.  As reported by Larry B. Stammer in the Los Angeles Times, the study found that “about two-thirds of all seriously eroded land is in Asia and Africa, home to most of the world’s poor.”  The article, using the report as its basis, stated: “ Despite the much acclaimed green revolution of the past several decades, which produced unprecedented gains in food production through the introduction of fertilizers and hybrid grains, the per-capita food production has declined in about eighty developing countries in the past decade.”  The report, Vital Signs 1993: The Trends That Are Shaping Our Future, as reported by David Brisco in the Arkansas Democrat-Gazette of July 18, 1993, stated: “This new report shows the first clear sign that population is outpacing the food available for humans.  The trend is mostly because of record world population growth, but also reflects a slowdown in decades of increasing food supplies.  The main sources of food – farms, ranches, and oceans – all appear to be approaching, or may have reached, their maximum per-capita output, according to Vital Signs 1993.”  The simple truth is this, the world’s maximum food production, since the mid-nineties, has not been able to keep up with the stork, and the ever increasing population will cause it to fall farther and farther behind.  Earthquakes, pestilence, and famine will continue to increase the pain of God’s creation while it awaits the manifestation of his sons at the appearance of his only begotten Son, Jesus Christ.

Middle East Peace        


Mid-East peace negotiations of one sort or another have been going on for more than ten years.  In the last eight months more than 600 have died in the limited conflict, and thousands of lives have been ruined.  Terrorist act after terrorist act has shattered cease-fire after cease fire.  How long will these situations last?  It will last until the terrorist groups, which are controlled by Syria, Iran, Iraq, Libya, Sudan, and the Palestinians, finally realize this type of limited conflict can never drive Israel out of the country north of Beersheva.


Every Arab leader in Islam knows the technological military might of Israel, and sooner or later they will put to use what they learned in three wars against her in 1948, 1967, and 1973.  You cannot defeat Israel if she is in an alert military posture, even if you strike on the Day of Atonement.  To defeat Israel two things must be in place: (1) A well planned, highly coordinated, joint effort between Syria, Iraq, and Iran, plus (2) A cessation of all terrorist activities to maintain what seems to be a genuine peace with Israel.  Israel must be lulled into a false sense of security in order for a joint effort of Syria, Iraq, and Iran to be successful.  Until the Islamic leaders are able to bring this false peace to pass, Israel will remain in place from Dan to Beersheva.


The Jewish people have endured some 2000 years of persecution, a holocaust in Europe, and constant conflict in Israel for more than 60 years.  Their longing for an end of conflict will cause them to believe it is a real peace because they so desperately seek it.  When Syria, Iran, and Iraq can overcome their natural dislike for one another, then Iran and Iraq can slip their troops across the southern border of Syria in small groups at night, where they can remained concealed in the valleys of the Palmyra folds and faults.  This could be accomplished slowly over a years time until several divisions were embedded in the northeast to southwest valleys pointed toward Israel.  After a year without any terrorist activities, I believe Israel would negotiate a joint treaty with the Palestinians and the Syrians, with the Syrians receiving a favorable return of the Golan Heights, and the Palestinians receiving back most of the West Bank, but not the Old City of Jerusalem, or the Temple Mount.


This would be the perfect setting for a surprise attack down the tank trails west of the Golan Heights, with the enemy within, the Palestinians, assisting the southward advance of the armies of Lebanon, Syria, Iraq, and Iran.  In the next prophecy update, Lord willing, we will cover two military strategies that could drive Israel southward into the Negev: (1) Divide and conquer, and (2) Entrap from the south and north, then dig in and hold.


House of Israel
    
Prophecy Update 21 ended by stating that in prophecy update 22 we would cover two military strategies, which could drive Israel into the Negev.  However, it would be best to first look back into Israel’s past to understand the nature of this still future attack.  The activities of nations in the past often determine their future conduct.  In this update we will take a look at one of Ezekiel’s prophecies from about 592 B.C. that was, to a large extent, fulfilled in the last century, but still has future applications. In Ezekiel 37:1 we are told:  “The hand of the LORD was upon me, and carried me out in the spirit of the LORD, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones.”  And, in Ezekiel 37:11, we are advised:  “Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts.”  These two verses describe Ezekiel being carried to the approximate center of a valley filled with disarranged bones of countless men and women.  The valley represents the world, and the bones represent “the whole house of Israel.”
 
In Ezekiel 37:2 he writes:  “And caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley, and, lo, they were very dry.” In this verse Ezekiel is led to make an inspection tour of the bones.  He discovers two things as he passes through the valley representing the whole world: (1) the bones are “very many” (whole house of Israel); and (2) they are not just dry, they are “very dry.”  This verse, coupled with verse 11, represents a prophecy that the day would come when the nation of Israel would not just be dead, but would be very dead, without hope, cut off from all its parts.  Ezekiel made this prophecy in about 592 B.C.  It was fulfilled more than 600 years after it was written, during the period A.D. 70 to 135.  In A.D. 70 the Roman General Titus led an Army of Romans, Syrians, and Arab Mercenaries against Israel, and the destruction was almost complete.  What was left of Israel as a nation was finished totally by the Roman Hadrian and his armies in about A.D. 135.  From than time until May 14, 1948, there was no recognized nation of Israel in the great open valley of the world.  For more than eighteen hundred years, the dead nation of Israel existed only as very dry bones scattered across the great Gentile valley known as the world.
 
In Ezekiel 37:3 the Lord poses a very interesting question to Ezekiel, as he asks:  “And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live?  And I answered, O Lord God, thou knowest.”  I appreciate Ezekiel’s honesty.  It is apparent he does not have the foggiest notion, so he shifts the answer back to the Lord as he states, “O Lord God, thou knowest.”  “As I am repeatedly faced with questions of life I cannot answer, I simply say, O Lord, thou knowest.
 
In Ezekiel 37:4,5 God answers his own question: “[4] Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord. [5] Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live:”  The answer is Yes!  God is going to transform these disarranged, very dry, dead bones in an open valley into a living nation of Israel recognized by most of the world’s nations.  He speaks His Word to the bones, and as He speaks they hear and obey.  Verse 5 gives a preview as to what the end result will be – a living, breathing nation of Israelites gathered home to the land he gave their father Abraham – the promised land of Israel.  But this transformation from dead bones (a dead nation) to a living nation of flesh, blood, and breath was not to be done instantly, but rather in a series of stages as one would perform in building a human body over a skeleton frame.  Lord willing, in Prophecy Update 23 we will begin to describe these body building stages that eventually will lead us to the present situation in Israel.  
  

John, in Revelation 17:12, spoke of ten horns that would arise out of his beast in the last days, as he wrote: “And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.”  I have already provided a listing of the most likely nations over which these kings will reign in previous prophecy updates, which may be found in our prophecy archives.  In this update I would like to present three Islamic nations to the immediate east, southeast, and southwest of Israel, who will not be among the nations represented by the ten kings.


Last month Saddam, our old Euphrates thorn, advised the world he was going to cut Iraqi oil production unless the U.S. dropped its efforts to tighten selected U.N. sanctions.  However, he backed off when Saudi Arabia immediately announced it would make up the difference in order to keep prices stable, which was, of course, a move that greatly pleased the U.S.  During the recent Gulf War, the sending of American forces to stop the further push by Saddam into Saudi, after he conquered Kuwait, caused the U.S. & Saudi relations to be strengthened.  Since that time Saudi has supported two U.S. goals by (1) Monitoring their production to provide stable prices, and (2) Supporting the U.N. sanctions promoted by the U.S. against Iraqi.  However, due to the violent conflict between the Palestinians and Israel, Saudi Crown Prince Abdullah recently vowed to avenge Islamic blood shed on Arab land.  In spite of this vow, the Saudi – U.S. ties, that came out of their joint military actions in Operation Desert Storm, have soured most of the Arab world against Saudi Arabia.  And for this reason it is not, nor will it be, trusted enough to be privy to secret meetings of the coalition of the ten Islamic nations that will conduct a surprise attack against Israel.


Egypt, the first Islamic nation to make peace with Israel, and Jordan, the second to do the same, have never been forgiven by Syria, Iraq, Iran, Libya, and the other militant Arab nations.  For this reason they, along with Saudi Arabia, will not have access to the secret closed door meetings, in which plans for the future surprise attack will be made.


Jordan, home of the descendants of Edom, Moab, and Ammon when Daniel wrote his prophecies, is to be by-passed as a neutral nation by the King of the North. He will sweep southward across the glorious land of Israel with his coalition.  This is prophesied in Daniel 11:41 as he writes: “He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.”


Egypt, immediately after Israel is driven into the Negev, is to be quickly conquered by the ten nation coalition.  This is prophesied in Daniel 11:42,43 where he writes: “[42] He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. [43] But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps.”  

Jewish Graveyard


When Henry Wadsworth Longfellow wrote “The Jewish Graveyard at Newport,” he concluded it with these lines:


But ah! What once has been shall be no more!The groaning earth in travail and in pain Brings forth its races, but does not restore,And the dead nations never rise again.


Longfellow penned these words in 1852, at a time when it seemed impossible that the dead nation of Israel could ever rise again.  Little did Longfellow realize that among the lifeless Jews scattered around the world there was to be thrown the eternal spark of life.  It was the spark of rebirth kindled by the message of Theodor Herzl in 1896 – the message of “The Jewish State.”  For more than 1800 years the chosen people of God, the dead nation of Israel, wandered as forsaken corpses in the great wilderness of the Gentile nations.  But the same God, who allowed this punishment of a rejecting nation to occur, has now caused a dead nation to be resurrected from its Gentile graveyard.  Longfellow was wrong; God has lifted up a scattered corpse into a living nation – the risen nation of Israel.  When the Great Tribulation Period begins on this planet, both unbelieving Jew and Gentile will personally feel the wrath of Almighty God.


We closed Prophecy Update 22 with Ezekiel 37:5, where he writes: “Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live:” This verse gives a preview of what God is going to do in the verses which follow.  He is going to transform these dead bones into a living nation of flesh, blood, and finally breath.  It is not to be done instantly, but rather in a series of stages, as one would perform in building a human body over a skeleton frame. 


Verse 6 of Ezekiel 37 describes this building of a living human body (Israel) over her dead bones: “And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord.”  “I will lay sinews upon you” refers to those tissues (such as nerve tissue) immediately touching the bones.  “And will bring up flesh upon you” pictures all that exists between  sinew and skin.  “And cover you with skin” portrays the dermis, epidermis, and general structure we identify as skin.  “And put breath in you” is a description of the process by which physical (not spiritual) life continues.  After God brings a skeleton together, then covers it with a body, He puts breath in it for physical life among the Gentile nations of the world:  “And put breath in you.”  This is not the spiritual rebirth of Israel.  This was her recognition of being a living physical nation by most of the Gentile nations.  Her spiritual rebirth does not occur until “ye shall know that I am the LORD” comes to pass.  This is the spiritual rebirth of the nation in that it follows her physical birth in time.  It is the last link in a natural chain of nation rebuilding, which is characterized by the chronological sequence of bone, sinew, flesh, breath, physical life, and finally spiritual reconciliation with her God.  This chronological sequence, prophesied some 2600 years ago, began in 1896, and is still continuing.


Verse 7 marks the beginning of the chronological sequence outlined in Verse 6:  “So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone.”  “There was a noise.”  This was the noise heard round the world in 1896-97 as Jews rallied behind the thundering message of “The Jewish State,” which was delivered by Theodor Herzl.  This message from Switzerland was soon echoed around the world, and the birth of Zionism sprang forth as the dry bones began to cry out:  We want a homeland – a homeland in Israel.  “And behold a shaking.”  This was the shaking of the bones that brought them to life, and caused them to come together as a people under the British Protectorate of Palestine, which was established by the League of Nations Mandate in 1920.  Lord willing, in Prophecy Update 24 we will continue the building of a nation by the hand of God.       
 
Valley of Dry Bones
     
Prophecy Update Number 23 ended with an exposition of Ezekiel 37:7.  In Update 24 we will continue the building of a nation by the hand of God.  Please consult previous updates for the background to what follows.
 
Verse 8 of Ezekiel 37: “And when I beheld, lo, the sinews and the flesh came up upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them.”  This verse continues the building of flesh and blood bodies over the dry bones God has gathered together in the midst of the Gentile nations.  “The sinews and the flesh came upon them” – By 1930 approximately 160,000 Jews had come home – Israel did not yet have the appearance of a nation, but it was developing the internal nucleus. “And the skin covered them from above” – By 1948 a breathless physical nation had grown as a body with the British Protectorate.  The full body was there, but one thing was missing – “But there was no breath in them.”  They were not recognized as a genuine, living nation.  They were a group of people with no national breath.
 
Verse 9 renders God’s solution to the closing breath problem of verse 8: “Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live.”  This is not God breathing spiritual rebirth into the Jewish nation – that comes later in verse 14.  The four winds represent north, south, east, and west, and, as such, they portray the locations of all the nations of the world.  Most of the nations of the world (United Nations) on May 14, 1948 breathed upon the dead body of Israel, under the direction of God, and Israel became a recognized, physically reborn nation.
 
Verse 10 shows the results of verse 9: “So I prophesied as he commanded me, and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, an exceeding great army” – Worldwide recognition (except for Arab nations) gives them physical life, and they stand on their own two feet.  The fact that they have defeated the Arab nations around them in 1948, 1967, and 1973 testifies they have been an exceeding great army.
 
Verse 11 describes the symbolism of verses 1 and 2: “Then he said unto me, Son of man, these bones are the whole house of Israel: behold, they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts.”  The bones are clearly identified as the entire nation of Israel.  It paints a concise picture of a dead nation, without hope, scattered across the world in small parts, cut off from one another.  This is a perfect picture of the descendants of Israel (Jacob) from about A.D. 135 until the twentieth century.
 
Verse 12 continues to explain the symbolism of verses 7 through 10: “Therefore prophesy and say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, O my people, I will open your graves, and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel.  This outlines the gradual drawing of Jews from out of their places in the Gentile world to their natural homeland – the land of Israel.  This began over 100 years ago and is still continuing.
 
Lord willing, in Prophecy Update 25 we will present the final aspect of God’s work – The spiritual rebirth of the nation of Israel.

Since we began this web site we have continuously been bombarded by queries involving the current, and past, conflict activity in the Mid-East.  The most frequent query is this:  do you expect the current conflict to cause a full scale, all out war?  As in the past, my answer has been consistent – the answer is NO!  Will the conflict escalate and then decline like a yo-yo from time to time?  My answer, as in the past, is YES!  Will Ariel Sharon unleash the FULL fury of the IDF into the Palestinian held territories?  My answer is NO!  Will he intensify his thrusts into their territories from time to time as needed?  My answer is YES!  If the Palestinians and terrorist groups continue to perform acts of killing against his people, will Ariel Sharon eventually be forced to put a “forced peace” on the Palestinians?  My answer is YES! 


In Prophecy Update Number 3 (Click Prophecy Archives Above), when Ariel Sharon first took office, I stated: “Ariel Sharon may try to put a forced peace on the Palestinians before the terrorist groups shut down.  This was one of the options considered by his party in the past.”  So what is a “forced peace?”  Barriers would be built, which would completely surround the autonomous zones given to the Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank, and the IDF would deploy guards day and night outside those barriers in order to separate the two nations.  It would be similar, but not exactly the same, as the Berlin wall Russia built to separate West and East Germany during the cold war.  All but the major roads leading into the Palestinian Autonomous Zones would be sealed off.  At the major road openings in the wall the IDF would thoroughly scrutinize all who passed through, and all types of transportation would be examined from top to bottom.  Many of these barriers are already in place, and some of the material to add onto them is already in place.  It would amount to a nation within a nation, with the surrounding nation controlling the movements of the inner nation.  If the inner nation was deemed responsible for terrorist activities in the outer nation, the outer nation could launch air strikes against the inner nation without fear of killing their own people.


Naturally, the Palestinians and numerous terrorist groups are aware of the possibility of a “forced peace,” and they do not like it.  It would seriously hamper the terrorist activities, and force the Palestinians into a forced, non-negotiated peace, where they had to accept whatever land Israel decided to give them.  I am persuaded that the possibility of a “forced peace” may finally cause the Palestinians and terrorist groups to realize the only way they can ever drive Israel into the Negev is by the medium of a negotiated false peace.  When they finally realize the only way their final objectives can be reached is by luring Israel into a false sense of security, then the terrorist groups will cease their activities, and both Syria and the Palestinians will sign final settlements with Israel.


We will place Prophecy Update Number 25, which is a continuation of Prophecy Update 24, on our web pages on Sunday, July 22nd, Lord willing.    
 
I Am The Lord

In Prophecy Update Number 23, using Ezekiel 37:6, we presented the building of a living nation (Israel) over her dead, dry bones in the Gentile valleys of the world: “And I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath in you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord.” The details of how this was done Ezekiel outlined in verses 7 through 12.  The outline’s conclusion was the placing of Jews in their natural homeland – the land of Israel.  In this update we will present the final aspect of God’s work – the spiritual rebirth of the nation of Israel, as described in Ezekiel 37, verses 13 & 14: “And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves, [14] And shall put my spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.”


Verse 13 begins, “And ye shall KNOW that I am the Lord.”  This represents the final aspect of God’s word outlined in verse 6.  It is the spiritual rebirth of the remnant of Israel at the end of the Great Tribulation Period.  Only one-third of the population of Israel will survive this time of terror, according to verses 8 & 9 of  Zechariah 13: “[8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God.”  And, according to Revelation 12:6 & 17, they are to flee into the Negev, with a remnant of the woman’s seed (Jesus Christ) in their midst for 3 and ½ years: “[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.” “[17] And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.”  Verse 13 continues: “WHEN I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves.” Between the word “WHEN” in verse 13, and the word “THEN” in verse 14, is the prophecy of the gathering, the physical rebirth, spiritual rebirth, and millennial restoration of the nation of Israel.  It is a description of a physical gathering and rebirth of a nation brought up out of a worldwide Gentile graveyard.  The close of verse 13 shows Israel as we know her today – a nation physically reborn from the foreign ground of Gentile nations to her home ground of Israel.


Verse 14 marks the spiritual rebirth of the nation of Israel: “And shall put my spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: THEN shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.”  At the end of 3 and ½ years of terrible worldwide horror, a very wonderful thing will happen – the believing remnant of Israel will accept their returned Messiah, Jesus Christ, as their Savior and Lord.  The closing statement of verse 14 leaves no doubt that, at this point in time, the entire remnant of the nation of Israel, having survived the time of “Jacob’s Trouble,” will have been made aware of, and will know, that all the words spoken by the Lord concerning His remnant have been performed by His power alone.     
 
Messiah the Prince

In previous Prophecy Updates, we used a prophecy in Ezekiel 37, written in about 592 B.C., in order to show its fulfillment from A.D. 70 to the present.  Chapter 37, verses 1 through 14, which we covered in Prophecy Updates 22 through 25, not only brought us up to the present, but also carried us into our future in verses 13 and 14.  We closed Prophecy Update 25 by stating:  “The closing statement of verse 14 leaves no doubt that, at this point in time, the entire remnant of the nation of Israel, having survived the time of ‘Jacob’s Trouble,’ will have been made aware of, and will know, that all the words spoken by the Lord, concerning His remnant, have been performed by His power alone.”  So verse 14 marks the end of 3 and ½ years of Great Tribulation and the start of the reign of Daniel’s Messiah the Prince, Jesus Christ.  Christ will rule and reign over the entire earth from the throne of David in Jerusalem.


Verses 15 through 28 of Ezekiel 37 discuss the reuniting of the two kingdoms that were caused by the split in the kingdom of Solomon after his death.  These were the Northern Kingdom of Israel (Ephraim) and the Southern Kingdom of Judah.  They are pictured as two rejoined sticks in verse 17: “And join them one to another into one stick; and they shall become one in thine hand.”  This is reiterated in verse 22: “And I will make them one nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel; and one king shall be king to them all: and they shall be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into two kingdoms any more at all:”  Verses 24 and 25 clearly identify the Messiah sitting on the throne of David as Israel’s eternal king: “And David my servant shall be king over them; and they all shall have one shepherd: they shall also walk in my judgments, and observe my statutes, and do them. [25] And they shall dwell in the land that I have given unto Jacob my servant, wherein your fathers have dwelt; and they shall dwell therein, even they, and their children, and their children's children for ever: and my servant David shall be their prince for ever.”  Verses 27 and 28 leave little doubt this is Israel’s time of having her Messiah living in her midst: “My tabernacle also shall be with them: yea, I will be their God, and they shall be my people. [28] And the heathen shall know that I the Lord do sanctify Israel, when my sanctuary shall be in the midst of them for evermore.”


In Prophecy Update Number 27, Lord willing, we will begin an exposition of Ezekiel 38 and 39, which detail the beginning of the end of the present Gentile age.  We will be dealing with Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and with the land of Magog.  We will attempt to offer conclusive proof as to the location of the tribes of Meshech, Tubal, and Magog when Ezekiel wrote his prophecies.
 
Land of Magog

Ezekiel 38:1,2 – “And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, [2] Son of man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him.”  Gog (high extension) appears for the first time in Ezekiel.  He is the Anti-christ of whom so much has been written.  Please note that he is identified as the “chief prince of Meshech and Tubal.”  Many commentators, especially in the last 100 years, have not identified him as the Antichrist, but have identified him as the ruler or chief prince of the land of Magog, which I do not believe Scripture justifies.  Before the 20th Century, most identified him as the Antichrist. In verse 2 Ezekiel is told to set his face against two separate things, a person and a place.  The person is Gog (Antichrist), and the place is the land of the descendants of Magog where it existed in Ezekiel’s day.  If we do not locate the territories of Magog, Meshech, and Tubal as they existed in Ezekiel’s day, then we can have no idea as to where the Antichrist will soon rear his head, or the area from which his attack will be launched.  Why?  Because more than 2500 years have slipped by since Ezekiel wrote his prophecies, and the bloodlines of all three men been distributed across the entire planet.  In order to correctly identify the area, from whence the Antichrist will attack Israel, we must identify where the descendants of Meshech and Tubal were residing in 500 and 600 B.C.  Why?  Because the Antichrist is not the chief prince of Magog, he is the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal.  He will come from the area where their descendants were settled in 500 and 600 B.C.  


I will attempt to use two different sources to locate where the descendants of Meshech and Tubal were clustered at the time of Ezekiel’s writings.  The first is found in the 27th chapter of Ezekiel, and the second is from the Assyrian monument stones of that period. Ezekiel 27:3 – “And say unto Tyrus, O thou that art situate at the entry of the sea, which art a merchant of the people for many isles, Thus saith the Lord God; O Tyrus, thou hast said, I am of perfect beauty.”  Tyrus (Tyre) was a seaport on the southern coast of what we know today as Lebanon, which is directly north of Israel.  Tyrus built its first great sea wall to protect its harbored ships more than 3000 years ago, and was a thriving seaport in Ezekiel’s day.  Its ships carried merchandise from the countries of the east across all the Mediterranean, and even as far north as the shores of the English Channel.  Zidon (Sidon) was also a sea port, and less than 20 miles separated the two cities.  The wise men of Tyrus were the navigators of the ships, and the men of Zidon were the deck hands, as portrayed in Ezekiel 27:8 – “The inhabitants of Zidon and Arvad were thy mariners: thy wise men, O Tyrus, that were in thee, were thy pilots.”  Now, bearing all this in mind, let us look at Ezekiel 27:13 – “Javan, Tubal, and Meshech, they were thy merchants: they traded the persons of men and vessels of brass in thy market.”  Meshech and Tubal were warlike tribes, who often took their captives (persons of men) and the vessels of brass they had captured, or hammered out themselves, and carried them to the  NEAREST seaport for trading.  The captives were, of course, loaded on the ships and sold as slaves in foreign ports of trade.  Why the NEAREST seaport?  Because, in Ezekiel’s day, travel was by foot, donkey, camel, and horse.  People always carried their trading goods to the nearest port, particularly slaves.  Therefore, I conclude that Meshech and Tubal must have roamed in the area we know today as Syria, Lebanon, northwestern Iraq, and southern Turkey.  Meshech and Tubal are the Mushki and Tabali of the Assyrian stone monuments.  In the time of Sargon and Sennacherib (700 B.C.) the territory of Tubal adjoined southern Cilicia, while that of Meshech filled the highlands to the east of Tubal.  Considering the locations derived from the Bible and stone tablets, it appears that the Antichrist, as the chief prince of the area once occupied by Meshech and Tubal, is likely to arise, and eventually to attack Israel, from Syria or Lebanon.  And, since Lebanon is virtually controlled by Syria, it appears Syria is the best guess for his homeland.


But what about the land of Magog?  Where were the Magogites settled in Ezekiel’s day?  Lord willing, we will attempt to zero in on that area in Prophecy Update Number 28.
 
Meshech and Tubal

Ezekiel 38:1-3 – “And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, [2] Son of man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him, [3] And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal:”


In Prophecy Update Number 27 we established, from the Scriptures and the Assyrian stone monuments, that the descendants of Meshech and Tubal, at the time Ezekiel wrote his prophecies, were primarily located in what we know as Syria and Lebanon.  We also established that the prophecy is again a person, Gog (Antichrist), and against a land, the land of Magog.  I am convinced that the Antichrist will attack Israel from Syria.  Now, what about the “land of Magog?”  Where were the Magogites located at the time of Ezekiel’s writings?  Flavius Josephus, the noted Jewish historian makes the following statements concerning the Magogites in Antiquities of the Jews, Chapter VI, under the title,  HOW EVERY NATION WAS DENOMINATED FROM THEIR FIRST INHABITANTS:  “Japhet, the son of Noah, had seven sons.”  “They called the nations by their own names.”  “Magog founded those that from him were called Magogites, but who by the Greeks were called Scythians.”  The Greek writers of the Classic Age said the Scythians occupied the area which today we identify as stretching from Moldova eastward across the Ukraine, southern Russia, and into Kazakhstan, then southward into Georgia, Armenia, and Azerbaijan – Roughly the area north of the Black Sea, between the Black and Caspian Seas, and the area northwest, north, and northeast of the Caspian Sea.  I do not believe the nations in this area will join in the initial attack against Israel, but I am certain they will come down for the final battle of Gog’s war, which is the Battle of Armageddon. The Battle of Armageddon, found in Revelation 16:16, is the final battle in Gog’s war, which began 3 and ½ years earlier.  

 

Verse 3 fails to include the “land of Magog,” and is a message directly pointed, and personally addressed, against the Antichrist Gog, who once again is identified as the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal.  Popular writers in the last century brought a teaching into play that is simply not true.  They said the word “chief” was “rosh” in the Hebrew language, which is true.  But they said it meant “Russian,” which is not true.  The Russian and Hebrew language have never overlapped in history to support such a claim.  He is not a Russian prince.  He is the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, most likely having a Syrian father.  The word “rosh,” in the KJV, is translated as “chief” 90 times, as “head” 349 times, as “top” 75 times, as “beginning” 14 times, as “company” 12 times, as “captain” 10 times, as “sum” 9 times, as “first” 6 times, as “principle” 5 times, as “chief man” 4 times, and as “ruler” on two occasions.  At no time, in all of history, could it legitimately be identified as someone who is a Russian.


I am convinced this chief prince of Meshech and Tubal will come from either northwestern Iraq, Syria, Lebanon, or southern Turkey, but I will be very much surprised if his father is not a Syrian.  He will be the leader of a multilateral Arab force that will carry out a surprise attack against Israel from the north.  I believe this is spoken of in Revelation 17:12,13 – “And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. [13] These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.”


Although he will have the support of ten Arab nations, I believe the nations directly involved in the initial attack will be Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran from without, and the Palestinians from within.  I believe the other nations, which will then immediately become involved in the Jihad, are most likely Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Libya, and Sudan.  Lord willing, I will continue a line by line exposition of Ezekiel 38 in Prophecy Update Number 29.  If current events in the Mid-East merit a special update between these expositions in Ezekiel, we will put an A or B suffix on the update issued the preceding Friday.    


 

Syrian Antichrist

Prophecy Updates 22 through 28 have involved a line-by-line exposition from Ezekiel 37:1 through 38:3.  I have established a case to show that the Antichrist is likely to arise in Syria, and will launch his initial attack again Israel from that position.  Although he will have the support of ten Arab nations, I believe the nations directly involved in the initial attack will be Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran from without, and the Palestinians from within.  I believe the other nations, which will then immediately become involved in the Jihad, are most likely Morocco, Algeria, Tunisia, Libya, and Sudan.  Now, let us continue from Ezekiel 38:4 – “And I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy jaws, and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armour, even a great company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords.”  This portrays a man overtaking a fleeing beast, putting hooks into its jaws, then turning and pulling it  along a path the man desires to lead it.  The Antichrist will have no choice in this matter.  God will create political and economic circumstances whereby he must come down at exactly the appointed time.  I protest the efforts of some commentators to take the weapons of Ezekiel’s day, and attempt to carry them into our day and time.  Suppose God had inspired Ezekiel to write 1020 tanks, 923 MIG JETS, 3283 katyusha launchers, 12000 katyusha rockets, 723 SAM shoulder held launchers with 4673 SAM’s, and 2073 flamethrowers.  The readers of Ezekiel’s day would have laughed him to scorn.  I am persuaded that God meant for our final generation to picture a great, mighty, army, fully armed to the teeth with all the known modern weapons of warfare.

Verse 5 names three of the peoples from which the Antichrist will draw his initial attacking horde: “Persia, Ethiopia, and Libya with them; all of them with shield and helmet:” Persia was basically the peoples east of the Euphrates, which today would be Iran and Iraq.  Libya corresponds with the location of modern day Libya.  And Ethiopia in Ezekiel’s day was made up mostly of what we call Sudan today.  Once again the point is made that they will be fully armed for all out war.  I do not believe this attack will occur prior to 2003, but I am of the OPINION it will occur before 2008, with the most likely time being 2004 to 2006.  Again, I emphasize, this is an OPINION based on the events in Israel since 1967, and it may be totally incorrect.  The Scriptures clearly teach it will occur, and my GUESS is that it will be before 2008.

Verse 6 continues to name the peoples of Ezekiel’s day from which he will draw his support, and by knowing where they lived at that time, we can at least attempt to identify those nations that occupy these areas today:  “Gomer, and all his bands; the house of Togarmah of the north quarters, and all his bands: and many people with thee.”  Quite frankly, I have searched, and researched, the writings of many historians, both ancient and modern, and, in the end, knowing that honesty is the best policy, I can only say that there is a wide diversity of opinion.  Up to this point, as regards the locations of Magog, Meshech, Tubal, Persia, Libya, and Ethiopia, I have presented a case from both the Scriptures and historical records, which I believe is substantial.  But in the case of Gomer, and the house of Togarmah, as to where they were settled in Ezekiel’s day, I can only give a rough approximation.  The house of Togarmah and the descendants of Gomer were sandwiched between the Magogites (Scythians) to the north, and Meshach, Tubal, and Persia to the south. They stretched from west to east across modern day Turkey into the area south of the Caucasus Mountains, and through extreme northern Iraq and Iran.

We will continue our verse by verse exposition of Ezekiel 38 in Prophecy Update Number 30.  If any pertinent current event pops up in the Mid-East, we will issue a special update as it occurs under an A or B suffix. 

Age of the Gentiles

We concluded Prophecy Update Number 29 with an exposition of Ezekiel 38:6, which had been continuous from Ezekiel 37:1.  We will now continue our exposition, beginning with 38:7 -- “Be thou prepared, and prepare for thyself, thou, and all thy company that are assembled unto thee, and be thou a guard unto them.” This is a specific warning to Satan and his antichrist to get set, to be ready, and to be prepared to protect his armies as a guard or big brother.  This is the showdown between God and Satan at the end of the age of the Gentiles, and God is literally saying, “This is it!  You had better be ready.”

Ezekiel 38:8 – “After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them.” The “after many days” have piled up to some twenty-six hundred years since Ezekiel wrote these words.  “Thou” refers to Gog, the anti-Christ.  “Be visited,” means to muster, or to be called to arms.  The rest of the verse identifies the general time, the place of the battle, and the people he will attack.  The time (latter years) represents the closing years of the age of the Gentiles.  The land is the restored nation of Israel that has been “brought back from the sword” (that has been restored from war).  “And is gathered out of many people” refers to the residents of the land that is “brought back from the sword,” which have been gathered out of many nations across the face of the earth.  “Against the mountains of Israel, which have always been waste” gives a topographical description of the land of Israel into which the anti-Christ will plunge southward.  “Which has always been waste” refers to the hundreds of years between A.D. 135 and 1948 that the land of Israel was, compared to her former years of productivity, virtually a barren wasteland.  “But is brought forth out of the nations” is exactly how the present nation of Israel was formed – by Jews brought forth from virtually every Gentile nation on this planet.  Thus far, I am confident that all this has already been fulfilled.  However, the last expression in verse eight has yet to be fulfilled, but I am convinced it is very likely to occur before 2005.  The last phrase in verse eight, “And they shall dwell safely all of them,” has not happened since the temple was destroyed in A.D. 70.  Israel has not had a single year, since she became a nation in 1948, that she has not had the constant possibility of war, or a conscious awareness of a terrorist act at any given moment.  They have most assuredly not dwelled “safely all of them.”  In many of my previous Prophecy Updates, which you may bring up by clicking on the Prophecy Archive button on this page, I have detailed what I believe will cause peace to finally come to the Mid-East, in spite of what is currently going on in the region.  But it will be a false peace, and of short duration.  It will abruptly end with the forces of Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran pulling off a surprise blitzkrieg attack from the north.  The Palestinians will attack Israel from within at the same time, and Israel will be forced to withdraw into the Negev.  There will be five other Islamic nations involved in the peace of deceit, but the five aforementioned nations will provide the bulk of the force.

Lord willing, I will continue with the exposition of the 38th Chapter of Ezekiel on our next regularly scheduled Prophecy Update Number 31.  If anything interesting occurs before that, we will issue a 31A.

Peace with Security    

We concluded Prophecy Update Number 30 with an exposition of Ezekiel 38:8, which had been continuous from Ezekiel 37:1.  We will now continue our exposition, beginning with 38:9 -- “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee.” This describes the suddenness of the blitzkrieg attack of Gog the antichrist against Israel from the north.  It compares the attack with the rapid development of a cumulonimbus cloud when it first comes quickly toward the observer as a rumbling thunderstorm, and then rapidly covers the land where he or she stands from horizon to horizon.  This will be the manner the bands and many people supporting Gog will abruptly spread southward across Israel.

Ezekiel 38:10-12 -- “Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: [11] And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates, [12] To take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.”  Take a look back at Prophecy Update Number 30 in the prophecy archives, and the exposition of the last phrase in Ezekiel 38:8, which is: “And they shall dwell safely all of them.”  This phrase is directly tied to the “evil thought” that comes into the mind of the antichrist concerning the purpose of the false peace he has led them into by deceit.  Verse 11, in the terminology of the people of Ezekiel’s day, painted a picture of people at peace with the other peoples around them.  Believe it or not, in spite of what is currently going on around, and in, Israel, I believe that before 2005 you will see Israel lulled into a false sense of security by agreements with the Palestinians, Lebanon, and Syria.  The arrangements, whether by voluntary free will choice, or by force, or by a combination of both, will cause Israel to have peace security agreements with all the nations that touch her borders, and the one that exists within her.  But they will be agreements of deceit by Lebanon, Syria, and the Palestinians.  The Islamic leaders, and the leaders of the terrorist groups they support, are now becoming aware they can never defeat Israel by their present tactics, and that what is going on now, and what has been going on since 1948, can never accomplish their objective of driving Israel out of the choice northern part of her domain.  In order for Israel to believe they have what every leader of Israel since 1967 has said they must have, that is, “A PEACE WITH SECURITY, PEACE WITH SAFETY,” the terrorist groups must temporarily cease their activities for a reasonable period of time, and a well coordinated plan of blitzkrieg attack must be formulated between Lebanon, Syria, Iran, and Iraq behind closed doors.  Verse eleven describes his evil plan to attack a nation he has deceived with a false peace agreement.  Verse 12 tells us he will break or betray the agreement (“turn thine hand”), and that he will take the spoils of war from the nation of Israel.  The “spoils” are identified in terms that the readers of Ezekiel’s day would understand (“cattle and goods”), but to us they are to mean the national wealth and high tech resources of modern Israel.  I firmly believe that in spite of what appears to be a state of never ending conflict between Israel and the other descendants of Abraham in and around her, soon a false peace will come to exist between them.  And it will be followed by an attack against Israel, a nation in unbelief, as a sudden blitzkrieg from the north.  When Israel is driven into the Negev, God will finally get her attention drawn to her true Messiah. Romans 11:25,32 + I Thessalonians 5:3,4: “For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in. [32] For God hath concluded them all in unbelief, that he might have mercy upon all. [3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.”

Lord willing, I will continue the exposition of Ezekiel 38 next Friday in Prophecy Update Number 32.  Any events of a prophetic nature that merit attention before that will be issued as 31A.    

Sheba and Dedan

We concluded Prophecy Update Number 31 with an  exposition  of  Ezekiel  38:12, which has been done continuously  from Ezekiel 37:1. We will now continue this exposition, beginning with Ezekiel 38:13    [13] Sheba, and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish, with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoil? hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey? to carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil?

Verse 13 mentions three other descendants which were not mentioned previously as being among the horde that attacked Israel, namely, Sheba, Dedan, and Tarshish.  Sheba and Dedan settled in the land we know as Saudi Arabia, later colonizing across the Red Sea in the horn we know today as Ethiopia.  Tarshish is much harder to nail down to a specific location.  The descendants of Tarshish were sea merchants who became the peoples of the Mediterranean Sea coast.  The headquarters of the descendants of Tarshish is now generally accepted by most biblical authorities as a district in the south of Spain where the city of Tartessus once existed.  The merchants of Tarshish scattered their descendants in village settlements along most of the coastal sections of  Europe.  I am persuaded that Europe represents the descendant offspring of Tarshish.  It is quite possible that God may look upon the rest of Western Civilization as being the offspring (descendants) of Europe (“the young lions thereof”).  The countries of the New World became the “melting pot” of Europe.  It is very interesting what Saudi Arabia, Europe, and the rest of Western Civilization have to say to Gog about his attack on Israel: “Art thou come to take a spoil?  Hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey?  To carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil?”  This is no more or less than the perfect description of a diplomatic protest to Gog’s actions.  When the anti-Christ and his armies roar south into Israel in a blitzkrieg lightning strike, the rest of the free world will protest, protest, protest – and do nothing about it.  The anti-Christ will take Jerusalem within four days of his initial strike in the north, and within three weeks most of Israel will have fled into the Negev south of Beersheva, where she will remain for some three and one-half years.  Jerusalem will fall and only one-third of Israel’s population will make it safely into the Negev.

Zechariah 13:8 to 14:2  [8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God.     Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. [2] For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.

Lord willing, we will continue by beginning an exposition of the remaining verses in the 38th Chapter of Ezekiel.  If any significant events occur in the mid-East before next Friday, we will issue a supplemental prophecy update.

 I have been absent from the web site for the past several days in northern Arkansas. The horrific events that have occurred, which involved the Trade buildings and the Pentagon, have staggered the U.S. almost to unbelief. We all expected some terrorist activity to occur within our borders, but nothing so well planned, and of such a huge magnitude.

If you want to better understand the motivation of the Islamic fundamentalists, such as Osama bin Laden, in the recent ungodly attack against thousands of innocent civilians in the World Trade Center buildings, then click into our prophecy archive above, and read Prophecy Updates 3, 13, 14, and 15.  After you read these updates, it is easy to see that all the different terrorist groups are currently learning how to work together, rather than against each other.  This closer coordination has led to a more sophisticated cooperation between them, and has allowed Osama bin Laden to pick the cream of the crop out of them for well planned attacks of mass destruction.

In Prophecy Update Number 3 I discussed the terrorist complex of Osama bin Laden, the Islamic Jihad, Hamas, Hisbullah, and Fatah.  In Prophecy Update Number 13, I outlined meetings that were being conducted in Iran by terrorist groups at the invitation of Iran.  And I showed how these meetings were causing better coordination and cooperation in the overall planning of terrorist attacks on a local and worldwide basis.  I indicated that more coordinating meetings would be held more frequently, and that more and more of the terrorist leaders from all the Islamic world would attend them.  In Prophecy Update Number 14 I outlined how, from the manner in which the terrorists interpret the Koran, that long lines of Islamic martyrs were being built up, and how they were more than willing to be blown to pieces for the after life promises of Allah.  I then concluded this discourse in Prophecy Update Number 15.

So how does all this correlate with Biblical End Time Prophecy?  Well, this inhuman act of war, against the United States, and all humanity, will be avenged.  The living perpetrators of this horrible tragedy will soon be apprehended or destroyed, and justice will prevail.  But how will this lead to fulfillment of prophecy?  After all the television coverage trickles down to an occasional drip, and all the statements by politicians, generals, and world leaders have been recorded for posterity, only one major thing will remain pressed into our psyche – the awareness that terrorists can inflict single acts that take thousands of American lives.

After all the speeches, television interviews of security experts and advisors, all the investigations into why this happened and who is to blame, and after all the billions are spent to provide so-called air tight security, there is a factor that remains which cannot be denied – THERE IS NO WAY WE CAN COMPLETELY STOP ISLAMIC TERRORIST ATTACKS AGAINST THIS COUNTRY WITH SECURITY PRECAUTIONS.  Yes, you can stop most of them, but not all of them.  So how does one go about stopping all Islamic Terrorist Attacks again this country?  There are only two ways they can be stopped:

Kill every Islamic Fundamentalist on this planet!

Bring peace between the Islamic nations and Israel!

Do I recommend number 1?  No!

Will it be attempted?  No!

Can it be done?  No!

Should it be done?  No!

So this leaves us with number 2 as the only sure way to prevent future Islamic terrorist attacks akin to the father of all terrorist attacks we just experienced.

Yes, we will avenge this attack, and we will see justice done, and the guilty individuals and/or sheltering nations will pay the price for this cowardly attack.  But, in the final analysis, this act of inhuman horror will drive the United States to make a concerted, continuous push for peace in the Mid-East.  Believe it or not, out of this waste of precious human life by these religious fanatics, there will eventually come a period of false peace to the land of  the Bible.  It will not occur overnight, but it will occur.  The first settlements will come between Israel, Syria, and the Palestinians.  Once this has been concluded the other Islamic nations will supposedly honor it, and a period of false peace will descend across the land from Morocco to Iran.  But it will all be a master plan of deceit to lull the State of Israel into a false sense of security.    In many of the previous Prophecy Updates I have vividly described the blitzkrieg surprise attack from the north that will abruptly end the period of false peace.

There is only one way a genuine peace that will last for a thousand years can come on this present earth.  It must be brought by Jesus Christ.         

Islamic Terrorists           

We concluded Prophecy Update Number 32 expositing on Ezekiel 38:13, which we have done continuously from Ezekiel 37:1 for the past several weeks.  We will continue this exposition, beginning with Ezekiel 38:14, and will close it by aligning it with the fanatical, cowardly act of war inflicted this week by Islamic terrorists on America.

Ezekiel 38:14   [14]  Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it?

The question of verse 14 is directed personally by God to Gog .  It is a question to which both know the answer, as attested by “shalt thou not know it?”  Gog will be well aware of it, because he will have made the agreement allowing Israel to dwell in safety.  And this will be one of the reasons the anti-Christ’s blitzkrieg attack will be so successful.  It will catch them by surprise.

Ezekiel 38:15 [15] And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army:

Verse 15 reveals some very important new information when it states: “And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts.”  When Ezekiel wrote his prophecies, the expression “the north parts,” to those who read it in those days, meant the area we call Syria and Lebanon today.  I am certain that the antiChrist will arise to power as the head of some country which satisfies the requirements of being from “the north parts” as they were identified in Ezekiel’s day. AntiChrist may arise in southern Turkey or northwestern Iraq, but in Ezekiel’s day “the north parts” encompassed the area occupied by Lebanon and Syria today.  His army will be composed of troops from ten Arab nations.  The initial attack will be conducted primarily by Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran, but others will participate in various ways.  When the Scripture says: “all of them riding upon horses,” it is picturing to the readers of Ezekiel’s day what would be a “fully equipped” army.  His army will be equipped with all of today’s modern weapons to meet this requirement.

Ezekiel 38:16  [16] And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.

We are advised that the character of the attack will be like a lightning blitzkrieg strike.  His armies shall move south across the land like a fast moving thunderstorm cloud races across an area, leaving havoc in its wake.  It is to occur in “the latter days” of this Gentile age.  We are advised that God, not Gog, will determine when the attack occurs.  When the conflict is finished God will be set-apart (sanctified) in the eyes of all nations as being King of kings, Lord of lords, and God of gods.  For 1000 years it will be remembered what God performed before the eyes of all survivors of the conflict.   God is in charge!  He will determine the time of the attack by putting it in the minds of the attackers.  These 10 Arab nations will surrender their power to the antiChrist, but after Israel has suffered in the Negev for some 3 and ½ years, Christ will then return with the saints to end the Battle of Armageddon, and God will the sanctified (set-apart) in Christ as the all powerful King of kings.

Revelation 17:12-14  [12] And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. [13] These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast. [14] These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.

It will be highly advisable to watch the efforts of Syria, Iraq, Iran, and Lebanon to reconcile their political and military differences during the coming months.  They, along with the terrorist groups, after continuing attacks by the terrorist groups they control, can only come to realize that in order to come up with a plan to meet their common objective, the end of the Jewish State, they must fully cooperate and coordinate with one another.  They want to get Israel out of the land from Dan to Beersheva.  The continuation of terrorist attacks, no matter how numerous or violent they become, will never accomplish their objective.  If they will stop the terrorist attacks, and then settle for whatever they can get in concessions for the Golan Heights and the West Bank, Israel can be led into a false sense of security after a few years of what seems to be a genuine peace.  Then, and only then, can Israel be driven into the Negev by a blitzkrieg attack from “the north parts.”

What we have witnessed this week, as grim and terrible as it is, and as much as it has shaken our nation to a state of coming together against a common enemy, it has also made us acutely aware that we cannot stop ALL attacks by tightening security.  We can stop MOST of it, but we cannot stop ALL of it.  We will avenge the loss of those precious American lives, and we will obtain justice for this cowardly act of war against our citizens.  But after we rightly avenge this ungodly act against us, and have obtained justice against these murderers of humanity, we will still be under the threat of terrorism by the many Islamic groups that populate the Arab world.  Countless billions will be poured into travel security at all sorts of levels in our national transportation net, and perhaps even more into our state of military alertness for such occurrences as we have just experienced. 

 We can ill afford such expenditures with such a delicate economy at this time. But since we must, and should, make them, I am certain it will cause American, as well as all free world politicians, to more actively find ways to bring the Middle East Conflict between Israel and many of the Islamic nations to a closure.  Only then will the terrorist leaders be held in check temporarily by the several Arab countries that sponsor, train, and supply them.

There can never be a true and lasting peace in the Land of the Bible until Jesus returns to reign on this planet.  However, out of this ungodly act of infamy against an America at peace, there will eventually come a brief period of peace, and many will believe it will be genuine and lasting.  But the terrorist groups will only hold off their activities for a short period of time, and they will do this only as a ruse to lead Israel, and the rest of the free world, into a false sense of security.  But this brief period of false peace will be broken by a blitzkrieg attack from the north of Israel.

Lord willing, we will continue our exposition of the 38th Chapter of Ezekiel in Prophecy Update Number 34.  If any significant prophetic events occur between now and next Friday, we will issue a supplementary prophecy update.
        

This is a Summary of Prophecy Updates, pertinent to the recent terrorist act of war against America, issued since January, 2001.  You may view any of these updates by clicking the arrow found above on Prophecy Archive Reviews, and then clicking on the individual updates as they are shown.  We recommend viewing them in reverse order from the highest to the lowest number.

Early in the year, in Prophecy Update Number 1, we detailed the actions that were being taken by Syria, Iraq, and Iran to work together for the first time in eons.  This eventually led to several meetings of the terrorist groups they sponsor in Iran.

Then, in Prophecy Update Number 3, we outlined why these terrorist groups are the controlling factor to peace in the Middle East.

In Prophecy Update Number 8A we showed how the first regular Arab Summit Meeting in 10 years would soon lead to secret meetings behind closed doors, and that this would mirror future events in the Middle East.

In Prophecy Update Number 12 we outlined why all the terrorist attacks would not suddenly produce a so called World War III, but how they would be the pre-herald to a process that would eventually lead to a blitzkrieg type attack, led by Syria, against Israel.  This attack will lead to the Battle of Armageddon some 3 to 4 years after it is launched with the support of many other Arab nations.

In Prophecy Update Number 13 we outlined how the terrorist groups would first accelerate their activity, and then suddenly stop it to lull Israel into a false sense of security. 

In Prophecy Update Number 14 we detailed the terrorist religious fervor for dying as martyrs in the cause of their God Allah, and why they desire for a Jihad (Holy War) to be issued to all Islamic nations.

In Prophecy Update Number 15 we described what event would produce a call for Jihad, to which all Arab nations would respond favorably.

In Prophecy Update Number 27A, issued in July, we observed that communication and cooperation between all the terrorist groups had increased at least 100% since their first formal meeting in January, which had been followed by two other meetings prior to July.

In Prophecy Update Numbers 32A and 33 we covered the horrific act of war carried out by terrorists against America, and indicated what this would eventually cause concerning a peace settlement in the Middle East.
 
Jacob's Trouble   

We concluded Prophecy Update Number 33 after a full exposition of Ezekiel 38:14-16, and then aligned it with the fanatical act of horror inflicted on America by the Islamic terrorists.  We will continue with our exposition in Ezekiel 38:17 and, once again, will connect it with the events of the past two weeks.

Ezekiel 38:17   [17] Thus saith the Lord God; Art thou he of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them?

This verse makes it clear that the antichrist prophecy was not a new thing introduced for the first time by the prophet Ezekiel.  God clearly proclaims his prophets had been crying out for many years that in the last days a great man of sin would be brought against Israel.  This man of sin is Gog (see prophecy archives at top of this update).  Gog is the antichrist of Satan, and will manifest himself in a country immediately to the north of Israel, and since Syria now exercises control over Lebanon, I will simply say, in Syria.

For ten days I have been besieged with phone calls and e-mails asking my opinion what this unspeakable terrorist act would produce “on down the road aways.”  What follows is consistent with all prophecy updates I have issued since the very first one.  Click into the prophecy update archives at the top of this update and look at updates 32A and 33, then go back and check out the rest.  So here is my belief as to what this latest act of war will produce:

Belief Number One – It has made all nations aware of just how burdensome a stone the nation of Israel has become internationally.  It has been as a trembling voice spreading a fear of war rather than of peace.  It has been instrumental in producing a pain in the stomach pit of men’s souls like a woman feels in childbirth.  It has made many aware that the tribulation period, the terrible time of Jacob’s (Israel’s) trouble cannot be too far away.

Zechariah 12:3 + Jeremiah 30:4-7 + Matthew 24:21  [3] And in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all people: all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it. [4] And these are the words that the Lord spake concerning Israel and concerning Judah. [5] For thus saith the Lord; We have heard a voice of trembling, of fear, and not of peace. [6] Ask ye now, and see whether a man doth travail with child? wherefore do I see every man with his hands on his loins, as a woman in travail, and all faces are turned into paleness? [7] Alas! for that day is great, so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; but he shall be saved out of it. [21] For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be.               

There are other subsidiary reasons for this horrific act of terror, but the main reason we had this unholy act of war perpetrated against us was due to our support of Israel.  It is also true it was done because America used the country of Islam’s birth, Saudi Arabia, as a staging area to launch our attacks against Iraq, a brother nation of the Islamic faith, but that was not the main reason.

Well, what will the events of the past 10 days cause, or add to, as we “go on down the road aways?”  As we are extracting justice for the vicious Islamic terrorist attack, it will, during that time frame, draw 10 of the many Islamic nations into an even greater hatred of Israel and the “western devils” that support her.  It is not easy to get all Islamic nations to proclaim a joint, united Jihad (Holy War) against a formidable force.  During all of this present activity some will draw closer to us, some will try to maintain a course to stay out of harm’s way, and some will meet behind closed doors to plan a future Jihad.  I suppose among the most likely to be a part of this future Jihad are Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, Iran, Algeria, Tunisia, Libya, Sudan, Afghanistan, and Turkmenistan.  I am of the opinion these nations are the most likely to answer the call for a united Jihad.  But I am certain that within the next four years 10 Islamic nations will draw into a Jihad planning frame of mind.  

Revelation 17:12,13  [12] And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. [13] These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.

The “beast” (antichrist) will soon arise in Syria, and, within the next five years, will become the leading figure in a well concealed, behind closed doors, alignment of 10 Arab nations.  Their purpose will be to accomplish the destruction of Israel (Zionism), and to drive out the so-called western devils.  They liken us to the European crusader devils driven out by Saladin long ago. God is in control, and he will fulfill his own prophecies by his own power in his own time.
 
Revelation 17:17  [17] For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.

This Jihad, which they will initiate “on down the road aways,” will end at the Battle of Armageddon some three to four years after it begins.  It is the final battle in which the Lord is involved during this age.

Revelation16:16  [16]  And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.
 
This final battle will be won at the return of the Lamb of God, our Lord and Savior, Jesus Christ.

Revelation 17:14  [14] These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.

Belief Number Two – Since the best way we can stop Islamic terrorist attacks against us is for peace to come to the Middle East, we will put more and more pressure on Israel to give more concessions to the Palestinians on the West Bank territory issue, and to the Syrians on the return of the Golan Heights.  In the end, “on down the road aways,” you will finally see a false peace arrive in the Middle East for a brief period.  The countries that control the terrorist groups will keep them at bay during this supposedly genuine peace.  They will promise the terrorist groups that a full blown Jihad is coming, during which they will be allowed to slaughter Jews to the last man.  If you will read our previous prophecy updates in our prophecy update archives at the top of this article, you will see how I believe this false peace will come to pass.  And, if you will consult all the previous prophecy updates from one to thirty-three, as well as all birth pang updates from one to 14A, you will find outlined how the false peace will abruptly end, and what will follow in the tribulation period.

Belief Number Three – Concerning the economy: One of the purposes of the twin towers act of war was to disrupt the “western devil’s” capitalistic system.  The attack has done that quite well, but its disruption is only temporary.  In a few months the economy will recover.  However, it will never reach the previous highest peak, and it will be subject to wild fluctuations.  How long will it continue to recover?  I am persuaded, that at a point in time after 2003, but before 2005, it will take a fantastic plunge, from which it will not recover before the return of the Lord.

Lord willing, I will continue the exposition of Ezekiel 37 to 40 on Prophecy Update 35 with Ezekiel 38:18.  Any events between now and that time, that are deemed to be significant, will be covered by a special update.

While serving in the military, during the fifties, sixties, and early seventies, I attended institutional structures with Islamic military personnel from Pakistan, Jordan, Egypt, Iraq, Iran, Libya, and Saudi Arabia.  I was also used as an instructor at times.  In order for an analyst to perform his function properly it is imperative that he understand both his present and potential foes.  So I  studied the Koran to better understand the religious temperament of the followers of Islam, and am well acquainted with the daily practice of bartering among them.  Two of the finest officers I have known were from Pakistan.  The Koran, which I have discussed in detail in previous prophecy updates, is a very interesting book.  It is, according to the Muslims, the inspired word of Allah through his prophet Mohammed.  Within the faith there are three basic types of followers: (1) The groupings that are passive.  They tend to have religious leaders who concentrate their preaching and teaching on those parts of the Koran that emphasize compassion, love, kindness, mercy, and forgiveness.  (2) The groupings made up of extremists.  They have religious leaders who teach and preach from the militant sections of the Koran that emphasize making war on the infidels that live around them, the final victory of Islam over all the other faiths, the punishment of Allah upon those who refuse to fight for Islam, fighting for the cause of Allah by devotion to him, and the great rewards awaiting those who give their lives in martyrdom while fighting for Allah.  (3) Those groups that are moderate.  They tend to select leaders who teach all of the Koran without emphasizing any one section of it over another.  We are not making war on the passive, the moderate, or the extremists. We are making war only on the terrorists who have arisen from among the extremists.  It is not a war against another faith.  It is a war against ungodly murderers who incorrectly use the Islamic faith as justification for their non-religious acts.

One of the Biblical Scriptures I once had great difficulty in comprehending is no longer a mystery to me.  It was exactly “how” God would bring to pass what is found in Revelation 17:12-14 & 17.  I did not doubt God would do it, but I wondered what He would use to cause it to be a reality.
 
Revelation 17:12-14,17   [12] And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. [13] These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast. [14] These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful. [17] For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.

After World War II, with the formation of the European Common Market (a confederation of six nations banded together for economic prosperity), a teaching, that when they reached ten in number, the antichrist would rise in Europe to lead them, became extremely popular.  Prior to WWW II most teachers had indeed brought him out of the old Roman Empire, but not the northern section.  They brought the antichrist out of the southern flank of the ancient Roman Empire, which, at its greatest extent, for a brief time under Trajan, stretched westward from Morocco in Africa, across Iran, and to the most western tip of the Afghanistan border under a treaty with the Parthian Empire.  I have always been of the old school, in that I have always taught these 10 horns were Islamic nations that would come together to attack Israel from Syria during the Tribulation Period.  Even believing that this had to be the case, it was still difficult to understand what God would use to actually draw the 10 horns into a Jihad (Holy War) confederation.  I thought he might use a defaming of one of their four Holy Sites at Jerusalem, Mecca, Medina, or Hebron to draw them into a Jihad.  I never doubted God would do it, but I did not understand what he would use to bring it to pass.  What made it so difficult for me to understand?  Having associated with them in the military, I knew that there was no love loss between Syria, Iraq, Iran, Jordan, and Egypt.  I have observed violent personal confrontations between their military personnel.  They dislike each other almost as much as they hate Israel.  Now I am confident as to what will cause them to surrender their power to John’s beast (antichrist), who will rise out of Syria.  For many years Islamic terrorist groups have killed thousands of citizens of Israel, both in-country and abroad.  They hoped it might finally cause Israel to return the entire West Bank and Golan Heights and, after again having these in their possession, they would thereby gain a most advantageous strategic foothold to launch a united Jihad.  This would accomplish what their objective has been from the very beginning, to drive Israel out of ALL the land from Dan to Beersheva.  

However, after more than fifty years, Islam has not been successful in realizing their goals.  The Islamic nations of Syria, Jordan, and Egypt attempted to accomplish these goals in 1948, 1967, and 1973, and you know the result.  Now Egypt and Jordan are at peace with Israel, and the State of Israel still exists in the land.  So what will finally bring the 10 horn coalition together behind closed doors in secret meetings?  THE CURRENT WAR AGAINST ISLAMIC TERRORISTS!  The war against Islamic Terrorists by America, and those nations assisting her, will be successful to the extent that terrorism will be greatly diminished. This will lead the Islamic nations to choose another way to eventually drive Israel out of the land from Dan to Beersheva.  They will plan to lull Israel, and the western world, into a false sense of security.  The coming attacks, whether they be military, or political, or psychological, or economic, will severely limit the effectiveness of the terrorist cells, and this will cause 10 of the Arab nations to come together in secret meetings to plan a united Jihad.  They will partially be able to conceal their growing hatred because of these attacks on their Islamic brethren, knowing eventually they will have their revenge in a Jihad.  I believe 8 of the 10 will be Algeria, Libya, Sudan, Lebanon, Syria, Iraq, Iran, and the so-called Palestinian State (Palestinian Authority).  The others will be either Tunisia, one of the 5 Islamic states on the southern flank of the Arabian Peninsula, Afghanistan, Turkmenistan, Azerbaijan, or Morocco.

Especially since last January, I have watched terrorist groups, which once acted almost independently of each other, draw closer together with a much more zealous union of cooperation and coordination.  A first meeting in Iran, some nine months ago, was followed by three others, and set the stage for the horrific terrorist attack on America on September 11, 2001.  I had no idea that an attack of such magnitude could be carried out against the United States within its borders.  I did point out, in several of my previous updates, how the terrorists were growing closer together, and becoming more confident in their ability to conduct their activities, but I had not the slightest notion it would be as ungodly an activity as they perpetrated against us.

I, along with many other Americans, am confident that the vigorous activity, now been planned and conducted, will be successful. I am convinced it will eventually cause a peace agreement to be reached between Israel, the Palestinian Authority, and the nation of Syria.  At some point in time, probably in the year 2002, I expect a false peace to begin in the Middle East.  And I believe it will last for a couple of years.  Terrorists will be called off by their sponsoring nations by a secret promise of a future Jihad.  But at some point in time, probably between 2004 and 2006, the false peace will be broken by a lightening blitzkrieg strike from the north.  I believe Syria and Lebanon will lead the attack, along with troops from Iraq and Iran, which were smuggled gradually into the Palmyra fold valleys of southern Syria in advance of the strike.  Egypt, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, and all Arab nations that have had friendly relations with the western world, will not be included in the secret meetings of the 10 horns of the beast of John’s Revelation.  If you will review all my previous updates you will see that over and over I cried the same thing, “Watch the Terrorists,” because they are the key to the forthcoming events in the Middle East.

These next six years are going to be the most fast moving we have ever experienced in this country in fulfillment of Biblical prophecy.  I hope that you can count yourself as being among those who have the characteristics of those who come with Christ the Lamb in Revelation 17:14.

Revelation 17:14  [14] These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.

Arabah Fault

We finished our exposition of Ezekiel 38:17 in Prophecy Update Number 34.  We now continue our exposition of Ezekiel, which began several weeks ago in Ezekiel 37:1, by continuing with Ezekiel 38:18.
 
Ezekiel 38:18 [18] And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face.

Verse 18 proclaims that God is about to cut loose on an unbelieving world His terrible wrath.  God’s creation is about to be shaken from one end to the other by geological upheavals like man has never seen before.

Ezekiel 38:19 [19] For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel;

Verse 19 gives a general statement of what will happen in Israel.  It will be the greatest shaking the Israelites have ever experienced.  The Arabah Fault will split open from Lebanon to the Gulf of Arabah – the Mount of Olives will tear apart into two sections and a great valley will be formed through it – the western part of Jerusalem will be lifted up along a line from Geba to Rimmon – and many other prophesied phenomena will also occur.  This geological upheaval is dealt with more fully in our web pages by clicking on “Birth Pangs,” and examining our Birth Pang Updates and associated Figures.

Ezekiel 38:20  [20] So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground.

Verse 20 lets us know that the great shaking will not be limited just to Israel with its local Arabah Fault line – it will occur on a worldwide basis along all the thousands of interconnecting fault lines, both on land and on the sea floor (See Figure 3 under Birth Pang Updates).  Read verse 20 very carefully and see if it does not very clearly picture a worldwide shaking of all things.

Ezekiel 38:21  [21] And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God: every man's sword shall be against his brother.

Verse 21 describes the effect that the great worldwide upheaval will have on mankind – in a word, total mass confusion as to foe or friend, amidst fantastic casualty rates, among many different nationalities involved on the battlefield throughout God’s mountains.

Ezekiel 38:22  [22] And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.

Verse 22 paints a picture of the destruction that God will reign down upon Gog and his mighty army.  It describes the fantastic array of pyroclastic associated materials, which will shower down on the antichrist’s army out of the volcanic activity unleashed, when the Jordan Valley tears open for about 185 miles (See Birth Pang Numbers 15 and 16)

Ezekiel 38:23  [23] Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord.

Verse 23 confirms that God has a purpose in all this geological upheaval and destruction – it should leave no doubt as to who is God and who is antichrist.

At times it seems difficult for me to believe how near all this is to fulfillment.  Many preachers have preached its nearness for so long that most believers today seem to think it is still a long way off.  It’s sort of like the little boy who kept crying, “Wolf,” when there was no wolf.  Then, when a real wolf showed up, even the sheep ignored him, and then the wolf came and caught them by surprise.  I have believed since the early seventies that Jesus would come before 2008.  As 2008 approaches I am even more convinced.  I, along with countless numbers of other men expositing God’s word, have repeatedly stated for many years that a false peace would come to the Middle East before the antichrist attacked Israel.  From Prophecy Update 32A onwards I have detailed how our current war on Islamic terrorists will produce that false peace.  So what you intend to do with the Lord, about the Lord, or for the Lord, you had better do it soon.  No one knows for sure the exact date he will come.  And I could certainly be wrong about him coming before 2008.  But I know his true church members are not in darkness that that day should overtake them as a thief.  I believe we can know when it is “soon,” and I know that it is soon.

I Thessalonians 5:3, 4 [3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

Islamic Leaders   

In Prophecy Update Number 35 we continued our exposition of Ezekiel 37:1 that began some four months ago in June, finishing with the last verse in chapter 38.  This exposition will continue in chapter 39.

Ezekiel 39:1 [1] Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal:

In Prophecy Updates 27 through 29 the 600 B.C. location where Meshech and Tubal’s descendants were settled was thoroughly covered, and a case was made to prove that Gog is most likely to come out of Syria.  The location of Magog’s descendants was also outlined in these Prophecy Updates.  Once again, we are advised that Gog is the enemy of God.

Ezekiel 39:2  [2] And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel:

In the time frame this book was written, the expression “the north parts,” was taken to mean what we identify today as Syria and Lebanon.  It is important to understand that God will do this without the help of man.  He says: I will turn, I will cause, and I will bring.  What he is about to unleash is the greatest geological upheaval Israel has known up to that time.  It will destroy most of Gog’s mighty horde (See Birth Pangs 15 and 16 with their associated diagrams). 

Ezekiel 39:3 [3]  And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand.

This verse paints a picture of men abandoning their weapons in horrifying fear.  The earthquakes and volcanic holocaust will so frighten the men of war that all thought of combat will be erased from their minds.  They will drop their weapons as they flee for their lives.

Ezekiel 39:4  [4] Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee: I will give thee unto the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of the field to be devoured.

There won’t be any flesh left to pick on those soldiers of God caught in the Jordan Valley from the Gulf of Aqabah to the entrance of the Jezreel Valley (See Birth Pangs 15 and 16 with their associated diagrams).  But there will be gobs of flesh on the bones found in interior hills of Judea, Samaria, and Galilee.

Ezekiel 39:5  [5] Thou shalt fall upon the open field: for I have spoken it, saith the Lord God.

Verse 5 reaffirms the principle of “I will” in verses 2 and 3.  It confirms there is no way all this can be changed.  Why?  “For I have spoken it, saith the Lord God.  We have short-changed the power of God ever since man began to develop weapons of massive destruction.  I assure you that, by the end of the terror of the Tribulation Period, we will have seen how puny what we have developed is in comparison to God’s mighty arsenal.

Even though I have traveled all across the globe warning people that the coming of the Lord was approaching, it is still amazing to see it all nearing a mighty conclusion.  The goal of all Islamic leaders, especially since May of 1948, has been to reclaim ALL the land from Dan to Beersheva, the Biblical description of what is considered Israel.  They have attempted, through terrorism, for more than fifty years to get back ALL the West Bank, and ALL the Golan Heights back into their possession.  How?  They have hoped the terrorist activities would lead Israel to finally make such a concession.  Why?  Militarily, they must succeed in dividing Israel by driving to the Mediterranean.  With ALL of the West Bank under their control, then the very narrow coastal strip, from Lebanon to the Gaza Strip, can be breached by the Palestinians from within the West Bank. (See Prophecy Updates 1, 2, and 3 in Archive above from last January and February).  With the Golan Heights back under Syrian control a blitzkrieg attack, of lightning proportions, can be launched southward down the Jordan River bank. (See Prophecy Updates 8 through 13).  

The U.S. will be eminently successful in breaking the back of the worldwide terrorist network made up of fundamental Islamic extremists. It will lead some 10 Islamic nations to realize that terrorism will not cause Israel to give back ALL the land from Dan to Beersheva, which has always been their objective.  They want the Jews OUT OF ISRAEL!  So they will wield a new plan to meet their objective.  They will meet behind closed doors over the coming months among themselves, and with their terrorist cells.  It will be decided to cease all Islamic terrorist activity for a period of time sufficient to lull Israel, and the free world, into a false sense of security.  The terrorists will be told of a future Jihad as soon as Israel begins to feel secure.  One might say:  Israel will never be led into feeling secure.  But, if we had been oppressed, afflicted, hated, persecuted, prosecuted, and killed by the millions, as they have for some 2000 years, as well as having been under constant daily fear, for the last 53 years, of being blown up or shot by terrorists, and then if suddenly it all ended, believe me, after a couple of years we would believe it was all over.  I look for such a peace to suddenly come to Israel.  The current off again, on again, gone again character of negotiation will continue for some time, but I believe that suddenly, probably next year, the terrorist activity will cease, and a short period of false peace will come to the Middle East.  The next seven years are going to be the most eventful economically, politically, militarily, meteorologically, and geologically unstable period of time the world has ever known.   
 
Blitzkrieg Strike into Israel
 
A Blitzkrieg:  a swift, sudden military offensive usually combined by land and sea forces.
 

The Scriptures clearly teach that a false peace will come to the Middle East, which will be followed by a surprise blitzkrieg strike into Israel from the north by the willful king of the north, who is antichrist.  This evil attack is carried out from the previous wicked plan perceived in the mind of antichrist, and his armies will plunge quickly southward across the glorious land of Israel, taking the city of Jerusalem within three days.

Ezekiel 38:10,11 + Daniel 11:41 + Zechariah 14:2

[10]  Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: [11] And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates, [41]  He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. [2] For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.

I realize it seems impossible at present for a false peace to come to Israel.  But the events that are occurring now, involving our treatment of a ruling government which sponsored terrorism, is having a profound effect on those governing bodies across the Islamic world.  Syria, Libya, Algeria, Sudan, Iraq, and Iran are among the leaders of Arab nations that are continuing to sponsor and support terrorism.  They do not want to see the terrorist groups destroyed or severely crippled.  They want Israel out of all the land from Dan to Beersheva.  This has been, and will continue to be, the objective of a consolidated Arab brotherhood.  It will not change.  They are as one in this objective of national interest.  There is only one way they can save face and, at the same time, preserve the basic structure of their terrorist networks.  They must meet with the extremists, behind closed doors, in a series of meetings, and lay out a definite plan of a future sudden Jihad against Israel that will catch her unawares.  The extremists, from which the terrorist groups stem within each Islamic nation, under the plan would stop activities, allowing Syria, the Palestinians, and Israel to eventually reach an agreement on the West Bank and the Golan Heights.  A sudden, abrupt end of terrorist activities, in the land from Dan to Beersheva, would be so shocking after some 53 years of terrorist activity, that after only a brief period of non-activity, Israel would believe the peace to be genuine. 

Do not be deceived by the recent actions of Syria and Sudan as being a sign they are no longer behind the use of terrorism as a matter of national interest.  It is simply that the military actions of the U.S. have made their national interests shift directions for a time.  The bottom line to ending all Islamic terrorism, at least for a few  years, is for their sponsoring nations to call them off long enough for the Mitchell Plan, or some other plan, to be implemented.  Then, after a brief period of false peace, with no terrorist activity, a successful Jihad blitzkrieg could be launched from Syria.  The Islamic nations know full well that Israel can only be driven out of the land from Dan to Beersheva by a well coordinated, fully united effort by a large number of Arab countries.  They tried it with three on three separate occasions in 1948, 1967, and 1973, and all without success.  They also know they cannot do it, even with a large number, unless they have the element of surprise on their side.  

Antichrist's Army

In Prophecy Update Number 37, I stopped the exposition of Ezekiel, which began months ago at Ezekiel 37:1, with 39:5. The update ended with the statement” “I assure you that by the end of the tribulation period, we will have seen how puny what we have developed is in comparison to God’s mighty arsenal.” Ezekiel 39:17-20 describes the aftermath produced by this mighty arsenal in God’s destruction of the Antichrist’s army.
 
Ezekiel 39:17-20 -- [17] And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord God; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the field, Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood. [18] Ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan. [19] And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of my sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you. [20] Thus ye shall be filled at my table with horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men of war, saith the Lord God.
 
Verse 17 issues an open invitation by God to all wildlife to come and dine upon the bodies of the corpses left by His great geologic holocaust.
 
Verses 18-20 describe the massive sacrifice God has prepared in gory detail. Less than 17% of Gog’s army will limp home. The great slaughter of the Antichrist’s army is certainly not an isolated theme, and it is worth reading other narratives that deal with it. Some of these descriptions follow:
 
Revelation 19:17-19 -- [17] And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God; [18] That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great. [19] And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.
 
Joel 3:12-14 -- [12] Let the heathen be wakened, and come up to the valley of Jehoshaphat: for there will I sit to judge all the heathen round about. [13] Put ye in the sickle, for the harvest is ripe: come, get you down; for the press is full, the fats overflow; for their wickedness is great. [14] Multitudes, multitudes in the valley of decision: for the day of the Lord is near in the valley of decision.
 
Zechariah 14:12 -- [12] And this shall be the plague wherewith the Lord will smite all the people that have fought against Jerusalem; Their flesh shall consume away while they stand upon their feet, and their eyes shall consume away in their holes, and their tongue shall consume away in their mouth.
 
Revelation 14:17-20 -- [17] And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle. [18] And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe. [19] And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God. [20] And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.
 
Isaiah 34:1-3 -- [1] Come near, ye nations, to hear; and hearken, ye people: let the earth hear, and all that is therein; the world, and all things that come forth of it. [2] For the indignation of the Lord is upon all nations, and his fury upon all their armies: he hath utterly destroyed them, he hath delivered them to the slaughter. [3] Their slain also shall be cast out, and their stink shall come up out of their carcases, and the mountains shall be melted with their blood.
 
Jeremiah 25:33 -- [33] And the slain of the Lord shall be at that day from one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth: they shall not be lamented, neither gathered, nor buried; they shall be dung upon the ground.
 
To many readers the horror of these verses has long been glossed over in their hearts as a thing of the distant future. Those who have lived in the ages before us have had the luxury of reasonably assuming that his would not occur in their century. We would be very foolish and unreasonable to make such an assumption in this century. All the prophecies of the age of the Gentiles are on the verge of being completely fulfilled, and the geologic, economic, and political, and religious structure of our planet and society are fully ripe for the beginning of the War of Gog and Magog within the next eight years. Soon this conflict will be history, and Jesus Christ will reign as King of kings on this earth.
 
I am not at all concerned about this current punishment of the Islamic terrorists in Arab countries leading to an immediate worldwide war. It will not! Instead, it will lead to a false peace between Israel, Syria, and the Palestinians, which most of the Arab nations will supposedly honor. But, after a brief period of what seems to be a genuine peace, the Antichrist will launch a vicious blitzkrieg attack from the north, and Israel will flee into the Negev Wilderness, where she will remain for some three and one-half years.
 
I Thessalonians 5:3,4 -- [3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.
 
Daniel 11:41 -- [41] He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.
 
Zechariah 13:8 to 14:2 -- [8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God. [1] Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. [2] For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.
 
Revelation 12:6 -- [6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

Attack of Gog  

Ezekiel 38: [16] And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.
 
Now, let’s take a look at the aftermath of this attack after God has destroyed Gog’s army by the greatest geological holocaust that has ever occurred in the land of Israel.
Ezekiel 39:8-16

[8] Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord God; this is the day whereof I have spoken. [9] And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire seven years: [10] So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests; for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God. [11] And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the noses of the passengers: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call it The valley of Hamon-gog. [12] And seven months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land. [13] Yea, all the people of the land shall bury them; and it shall be to them a renown the day that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord God. [14] And they shall sever out men of continual employment, passing through the land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it: after the end of seven months shall they search. [15] And the passengers that pass through the land, when any seeth a man's bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it in the valley of Hamon-gog. [16] And also the name of the city shall be Hamonah. Thus shall they cleanse the land.

Verse 8 informs us that the day of the Lord is done. The events daily appearing in the Middle East are presently leading us to that great day of the Lord. Finally, it will be over - God’s wrath will have passed - and a remnant of Jews still in physical flesh will dig themselves out of the ashes of the Great Tribulation Period. They will begin to build a new millennial world with their Messiah, Jesus Christ, as their King.

Verse 9 pictures these Jews gathering the war weapons of Armageddon and smelting them with fire into weapons of agriculture and commerce. It will be seven years before the metals have all been recycled into materials to be used by a nation in peaceful pursuits.

Verse 10 advises us that wood will not be used to provide the fire necessary for smelting the metal in the weapons of war. They will take the oil of the Arab nations that spoiled them in the Tribulation Period. They will use their oil to produce the fire that fires the metal into useful peacetime products.

Verse 11 describes the massive cleanup of the millions of corpses from the Battle of Armageddon that still clutter the hills of Galilee, Samaria, and Judea. They will bury them in a valley they will name “the valley of Hamon-gog.” Hamon-gog means “multitude of Gog,” and Gog is the Antichrist, so this valley can be referred to as “the graveyard of the Antichrist.” The exact location is unknown. We are merely told it will be to the east of the Dead Sea. You will not find directions listed as being anything other than north, east, west, and south in the Old Testament. Any direction from NE to SE was referred to as east, SE to SW as south, SW to NW as west, and NW to NE as north. So this burial zone could be anywhere from northeast to southeast of the Dead Sea. I rather suspect it will be to the southeast of the Dead Sea near Petra.

Verse 12 gives the length of time required to cover and bury the countless numbers of exposed bodies - seven months. However, many bodies will be buried under massive landslides associated with earthquake activity, and it will be necessary to continue to search for bodies for a much longer period of time.

Verse 13 tells us that all the Israelites will take their turn during the seven-month period of massive burials. It may be that each Israelite will be required to do one months service during the period. By the end of the seven-month period they will have buried most of the bodies.

Verse 14 advises us the compulsory graveyard service of all the Israelites will end after seven months, but that a new system will be instituted to continue the search as long as is required. It may work something like this: the nation of Israel will take some of its men, employed in other aspects of continuous nation rebuilding, and divert them to a full-time job of overseeing and performing the removal of the remaining bodies from the land. These full-time body disposers will work together with other Israelites (passengers) that travel routinely through the land.

Verse 15 describes how the full-time grave providers and passengers will work together toward a common goal. After seven months only skeletons will remain, so when a traveler happens across a skeleton, in his normal daily pursuits, he will stick up a clearly visible marker by it. When the full-time grave providers see the marker, they will carry the bones to the Antichrist’s graveyard for burial.

Verse 16 informs us there will be so many grave provider personnel that a city named Hamonah will spring up by the Antichrist’s graveyard. Since the name Hamonah means “multitude,” it is only natural to assume the city is named in memory of its permanent residents.

Nation of Israel

Jeremiah 30:7 -- [7] Alas! for that day is great, so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; but he shall be saved out of it.
 
Jacob, as used here, refers to all the descendants of the man whom God gave the new name of Israel – the people we know today as the nation of Israel.  I believe the events, now occurring in the Middle East, are the forerunners of a process whereby more and more pressure will be put on Israel to sign agreements of peace with the Palestinians and the Syrians.  I believe this will probably occur next year, but if not then, at least within two years.  This peace, which at first will appear to be genuine, will, after a brief period of time, be dramatically broken by a vicious, preplanned blitzkrieg attack from the north, led by Syria and a confederation of Islamic nations.  Jeremiah states prophetically: “Alas for that day is great, so that none is like it.”  Christ also spoke of it in Matthew 24:21 as he forecast: “For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be.” This great time of worldwide judgment will be an act of God’s righteous judgment upon sinful mankind.  Once before mankind reached a state of such great ungodliness that God destroyed him.  He destroyed mankind by using the earth to flood itself with its own water supply.  This act of God upon sinful mankind is recorded in the sixth chapter of Genesis.
 
Genesis 6:11-13 -- [11] The earth also was corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence. [12] And God looked upon the earth, and, behold, it was corrupt; for all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth. [13] And God said unto Noah, The end of all flesh is come before me; for the earth is filled with violence through them; and, behold, I will destroy them with the earth.
 
God destroyed mankind “with the earth” by use of the water he created upon it and under it.  Christ indicates that just before His Second Coming mankind will once again have reached a godless state similar to that attained before the flood.  He states this plainly in Luke 17:26 -- “And as it was in the days of Noe, so shall it be also in the days of the Son of man.”
 
God promised mankind he would never again flood the earth, but he made no such promise concerning once again using the earth to destroy mankind “with the earth.”  In fact He has very clearly indicated that His next judgment upon sinful mankind will be by fire.  Malachi predicts this forthcoming judgment.
 
Malachi 4:1 -- [1] For, behold, the day cometh, that shall burn as an oven; and all the proud, yea, and all that do wickedly, shall be stubble: and the day that cometh shall burn them up, saith the Lord of hosts, that it shall leave them neither root nor branch.
 
Just as God drew water from within His own earthly creation to destroy sinful mankind in the days of Noah, so will he draw fire from within his earth to destroy corrupt man in the days of the Son of man.  Malachi very clearly indicates that God will use fire as from a great oven.
 
God will use His own earth to destroy mankind by fire.  Here are five of the many Scriptures that foretell a fantastic shaking of the crust and internal structure of the earth.  It is this shaking that will produce a massive movement of the earth’s tectonic structure and produce a holocaust of fire around the peripheries of their boundaries.
 
Isaiah 13:13 -- [13] Therefore I will shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the wrath of the Lord of hosts, and in the day of his fierce anger.
 
Haggai 2:6,7 -- [6] For thus saith the Lord of hosts; Yet once, it is a little while, and I will shake the heavens, and the earth, and the sea, and the dry land; [7] And I will shake all nations, and the desire of all nations shall come: and I will fill this house with glory, saith the Lord of hosts.
 
Isaiah 24:1 -- [1] Behold, the Lord maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof.
 
Isaiah 24:5-6 -- [5] The earth also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof; because they have transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the everlasting covenant. [6] Therefore hath the curse devoured the earth, and they that dwell therein are desolate: therefore the inhabitants of the earth are burned, and few men left.
 
Isaiah 29:6 -- [6] Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hosts with thunder, and with earthquake, and great noise, with storm and tempest, and the flame of devouring fire.
 
These Scriptures picture an earth whose external and internal components have been so shifted that the astronomical balance and orbit of the earth have been dramatically changed.  This composite picture, outlined by these Scriptures, presents a world so fantastically shaken that it is almost beyond human understanding to grasp the full significance of the holocaust.  It is, however, as Daniel indicated, possible in these last days to better understand certain prophetic utterances that will affect only the final generation.  In our next update, Lord willing, we will look at the ramifications of Daniel’s 12th chapter statement.
 
Daniel 12:4 -- [4] But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.  

Run To and Fro 

Daniel 12:4 -- [4] But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.
 
The last fifty years has produced an unbelievable explosion of knowledge for man.  But the knowledge we have dramatically gained is like a drop in the ocean of God’s knowledge.  We have barely scratched the outer veneer of a depthless reservoir.  Yet, by our running “to and fro” on, in, and above this planet that God created, we have, in this “time of the end,” learned many things about the composition of earth, and the effects of other heavenly bodies upon it. We know that the outer surface of the earth’s surface actually floats on an underlying layer of molten rock known as magma.  When magma bursts forth on earth’s surface it is then called lava.  These plates of floating crust are called tectonic plates.  Some are gigantic in size, while others arevery small.  The largest, the Pacific Plate, consists of virtually the entire Pacific Ocean seafloor.  The plates rub together along their edges, and these zones of contact are called faults.  There are several different types of faults that exist along tectonic plate boundaries, but it is not the purpose of this Birth Pang to teach structural geology, so I will merely refer to these lines as “cracks” that weave their way erratically down through the earth’s crust, and eventually reach into the magma chambers below.  When this magma is suddenly released onto the surface, as a red-hot flowing liquid rock called lava, it flows and moves like blood released from within a wounded human.  Believers should not be particularly interested in what geologists call this red liquid in the earth, but they should be vitally interested in what God calls it in his word.  So, what does God call it?  In order to answer, let us see how God uses the word “dam” (pronounced “dawm”) in the Old Testament.  “Dam” is the Old Testament word translated as “blood” in the KJV.  Through Isaiah God tells us that he put a red liquid (dam) in his animal creations.
 
Isaiah 34:6 -- [6] The sword of the Lord is filled with blood, it is made fat with fatness, and with the blood of lambs and goats, with the fat of the kidneys of rams: for the Lord hath a sacrifice in Bozrah, and a great slaughter in the land of Idumea.
 
In Leviticus the Lord informs us he put a red liquid (dam) in his feathered creations.
 
Leviticus 14:52 -- [52] And he shall cleanse the house with the blood of the bird, and with the running water, and with the living bird, and with the cedar wood, and with the hyssop, and with the scarlet:
 
In Deuteronomy He advises us he put a red liquid (dam) in man.  
 
Deuteronomy 32:43 -- [43] Rejoice, O ye nations, with his people: for he will avenge the blood of his servants, and will render vengeance to his adversaries, and will be merciful unto his land, and to his people.
 
Through His servant Moses, in Genesis and Deuteronomy, He instructs us that He put a red liquid (dam) in the grape.
 
Genesis 49:11 -- [11] Binding his foal unto the vine, and his ass's colt unto the choice vine; he washed his garments in wine, and his clothes in the blood of grapes:
 
Deut. 32:14 -- [14] Butter of kine, and milk of sheep, with fat of lambs, and rams of the breed of Bashan, and goats, with the fat of kidneys of wheat; and thou didst drink the pure blood of the grape.
 
Thus far, I have shown how God uses the word “dam,” which is translated as “blood.”  We have seen that He put it in His animal creation, His feathered creation, His human creation, and His botanical creation.  In each case it was found inside one of his creations.  Isaiah also identifies “dam” as being placed by God in the creation upon which his other creations dwell, that is, in His earth.  And he indicates that, just as when blood flows from a skin surface when it is ruptured, so will “dam” flow from the earth during the Tribulation Period, when it ruptures.
 
Isaiah 26:21 -- [21] For, behold, the Lord cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.
 
So you see that it is not the English word “blood” with which we should be dogmatic, but the Hebrew word “dam.”  Do not cry out: “When the Bible says blood, it means blood!”  Rather say: “When the Bible says “dam,” it means dam!”  But please do not yell that until you learn HOW the Holy Spirit used the Hebrew word “dam.”
 
I seriously doubt if there are a great number of believers who think that Isaiah was a lost man.  Most believe that Isaiah is one of the “dead in Christ” whose body will “rise first,” that is, before the saved who are physically alive at Christ’s coming.
 
I Thessalonians 4:16 -- [16] For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first:
 
I Corinthians 15:52 -- [52] In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.
 
Now, realizing that Isaiah will be resurrected with all the dead in Christ, let’s look at what he wrote before Isaiah 26:21.
 
Isaiah 26:19-21 -- [19] Thy dead men shall live, together with my dead body shall they arise. Awake and sing, ye that dwell in dust: for thy dew is as the dew of herbs, and the earth shall cast out the dead. [20] Come, my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee: hide thyself as it were for a little moment, until the indignation be overpast. [21] For, behold, the Lord cometh out of his place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also shall disclose her blood, and shall no more cover her slain.
 
Verse 19 clearly teaches that Isaiah’s dead body, along with all the bodies of the dead in Christ, will arise from the dust of the earth.  “The dead” of “the earth” who are “cast out” have to be a part of the first resurrection. Why?  The next resurrection does not occur for more than a thousand years.  Therefore, this must be what is often identified as the first resurrection.
 
Now, read verse 20.  How can this be anything but a warning for the remnant of Israel to be in a protective mode during the indignation of the Tribulation Period upheavals?  Is the terror of the Lord not supposed to come upon the earth following the first resurrection?
 
Now, in concert with verses 19 and 20, read verse 21.  Is this not what we believe will occur after the rapture?  But who are “the slain” of verse 21?  If the earth no longer covers them, then they must be “the dead” which she cast out in verse 19.  They are the “dead in Christ,” the saved of all ages who died before Christ came.  Therefore, “her blood” and “her slain” are two different entities.  “Her blood” is the liquid rock that flows within her.
 
Since man has “run to and fro” on, under, and above the earth with surface and satellite laser and seismic probes, just as it was foretold by Daniel, man’s knowledge of the earth has increased at an amazing rate.  Since we now know what flows within the earth, many perplexing prophecies in Scripture can be rendered easy to understand, that is, if you will simply accept what all geologists call magma or lava, as being what God identifies as “haima” in the Greek, and as “dam” in Hebrew.  Both words may legitimately be interpreted as blood, any liquid that has a reddish tint, or any object the takes on a reddish color.  The color spectrum may range from pink to orange to Chinese red.  If there is a question in your mind concerning the rendering of the word translated as “blood” in the Book of Revelation, please consider this reference from volume one of Gerhard Kittel’s Theological Dictionary of Greek used in the New Testament: “In the language of apocalyptic, “haima” signifies the red color similar to blood which indicates eschatological terrors in the earth and heaven, such as hail and fire (Rev.8:7), the changing of water (Rev. 8:8), the coloring of the moon (Rev. 6:12), and the judgment of the nations (Rev. 14:20).” These verses do not refer to what we call “real” blood, but to any liquid that has a reddish color, or to any object that takes on a reddish tint.
Revelation 8:7,8 + 6:12 + 14:20
 
[7] The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up. [8] And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood; [12] And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; [20] And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.

Watch the Terrorists Groups

From the very first Prophecy Update we issued to begin the year 2001, we have stressed that there is no danger of Armageddon occurring until a false peace between Israel and the Palestinians comes to fruition. In our Prophecy Update Number 1 we indicated that several Islamic nations, before the year 2003, would come together to conduct meetings behind closed doors.  We said these meetings would result in a consolidated plan to lure Israel into a false sense of security, after which a surprise attack would be launched from the borders of Syria and Lebanon before 2006, probably between 2003 and 2005.  I believe the current activity in the Middle East will lead to this false period of peace, and it will lull Israel, the United States, and the rest of the western world, into a false sense of security.  As you peruse the quoted sections from our Prophecy Updates for the last eleven months which follow, bear in mind that they, from the very first up to Number 32A, were issued before September 11th, and yet they continually emphasized the Islamic terrorists as being the ones to watch as the main players in the last day episode, which eventually leads to Armageddon.

In Prophecy Update Number 3 we stated: “So my advice to those who want to get a sense of when the false peace will occur is this: WATCH the terrorist groups.  When their actions drop to zero, and stay there for a while, you may rest assured it has been as a result of meetings behind closed doors between them and the Islamic nations that sponsor them.  I don’t pay much attention to any leader of Israel or the Palestinians.  The terrorist groups are the key to a false peace in the Middle East.  When they grasp that by appearing to cease their activities, they will then be able, at a later time, to kill many Jews, and drive the rest into the Negev, their attacks will stop.  They will settle back, and anxiously wait for the Jihad, a blitzkrieg that will catch Israel off guard.  So, watch for a cessation of terrorism.  Then, after a false period of false peace, look for a vicious surprise attack from the north out of Syria.” 

In Prophecy Update Number 8A we stated: “When you see Israel and Syria negotiating for the Golan Heights, the terrorist groups settling down, and the Palestinians seeming to be satisfied with less than Ehud Barak previously offered them, then Katie, bar the door!”

In Prophecy Update Number 11A we stated: “ I am persuaded it will take at least two to four years for this coordinated sneak attack to be planned.  It will require the united effort of all the Arab forces to defeat Israel.  And it must include the partnership of all Islamic terrorist groups.  They must cease their activities before Israel can be sure the peace is genuine.  It is my opinion that the war of Gog and Magog, found in the 38th and 39th Chapters of Ezekiel, will not occur before 2003, but is likely to start before 2006.”

In Prophecy Update Number 12 we included I Thessalonians 5:3 – For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. And we stated, concerning it: “Paul, in his use of ‘they’ and ‘them,’ is referring to the nation of Israel in unbelief.  However, it would also in part apply to all unbelievers in the last days.  So why have I given this discourse?  The word translated as ‘safety’ is ‘asphaleia,’ which means ‘the security one experiences when standing on something that is firmly fixed.’  It gives the one standing on it a sense of ‘not falling.’  The leaders of Israel have worn out the following expression: ‘We must have a peace with security.’  We have heard it used hundreds of times on the media, and it has been printed over and over again in countless numbers of articles.  Why is this important?  God indicates a time will come when Israel actually believes she has ‘a peace with security.’  Why is it so important that we understand this prediction?  Because we can know that the final war, involving Israel’s Islamic neighbors, will not occur until it is fulfilled.  Israel must be lulled into a false sense of security before any Islamic attack against her can be successful.  Until this happens, and it will, I merely wait for it to come to pass.  Then, when peace and security for Israel does appear to arrive in the Middle East, you can know that the final war of this age is about to occur.  Don’t believe all these terrorist attacks will suddenly cause the final war of this age to begin.  It is only when they cease that you can know the last war, which finally produces Armageddon some 3 and ½ years after it begins, is imminent.”   

In Prophecy Update Number 14 we gave a detailed outline of the Koran teaching of the advantage of a Jihad, and then stated:  “The only way the terrorist groups can be satisfied by their homeland leaders, is to be assured that if they hold off their activities for a brief period of time, then a Jihad can be launched against peaceful Israel as a surprise attack.  Those dying in this Great Jihad, as the martyrs of Allah, would be ushered eternally into the presence of Allah.  The key to peace rests with the terrorist groups.  When they can be assured the end result of their ceasing their activities will be the killing of many Jews, and a retaking of all their land, then they will stop their attacks, and await the promised Jihad.  So WATCH the terrorist groups.  When they finally cease their activities, peace will come for a brief period, and it will end with the sudden launching of a Jihad from Syria.”

Prophecy Updates 15 through 16 gave details of the differences between the Christian, Jewish, and Islamic beliefs.  These differences must lead to the battle of Armageddon.  In Prophecy Updates 16A through 31 we continued to emphasize that the terrorist groups were the key to a false peace being generated between Israel and the Palestinians. 

In Prophecy Update Number 31 we stated: “In order for Israel to believe what every leader of Israel since 1967 has said they must have, ‘A PEACE WITH SECURITY, A PEACE WITH SAFETY,’ the terrorist groups must temporarily cease their activities for a reasonable period of time, and a well coordinated plan of blitzkrieg must be formulated between Lebanon, Syria, Iran, and Iraq behind closed doors.”  It must be a lightning blitzkrieg attack, such that the United States cannot position its forces quickly enough to immediately engage in it.  Before the U.S. attack forces, represented by the ships, crews, marines, special forces, etc., which are always positioned in the Mediterranean and Persian Gulf waters, can bring in enough support to help stop the advance of the Islamic forces, they will have conquered Jerusalem.  In the initial attack there will be massive confusion as to who is who, and what is what, at ground combat level.  The intermingling of the combatants, consisting of the Palestinians attacking Israel from without and within, and Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran attacking her from without, along with massive numbers of Islamic planes flooding the skies to engage the smaller Israelite Air Forces, will make it difficult for pilots to have the desired effects on most ground targets.  I know, and accept, that the Air Force of Israel, man for man, is the best on this planet.  And I have tremendous respect for the ground forces of the IDF.  And I am proud to have been a part of the U.S. Military, and do not question the fighting abilities of these men and women.  If, after the attack, the U.S. had a couple of weeks to strategically position itself, and/or if the IDF was as alert as it is now, there is no way an Islamic attack could be successful.  But the War Contingency Plan of Israel, from its earliest conception, has included a War Evacuation Zone.  The plan is to evacuate all civilians to the Negev  if it seriously appears that an advancing army from the north stands a good chance of overrunning the land north of Beersheva.  The IDF is to be doing this as they fight to halt the advance of the enemy.  The interlacing of Palestinian and Israelite civilians with the military personnel of Israel, the Palestinians, Lebanese, Iran, and Iraq, will also add to the confusion of striking ground targets.  Seventy percent of the 5+ million Israelites live along the narrow coastal strip from Tel Aviv to Haifa.  If You want to see what I believe will happen to them, and the other Jews in the north and south, click on the Prophecy Archive Arrow at the top of this Prophecy Update Number 42, and peruse all our previous updates.  By the time the U.S. is able to marshal enough forces into the area, the Islamic forces will, for all practical purposes, have control of Israel north of Beersheva.  This will create a political problem for the U.S. in relation to the U.N., and the only path it can take will be to pressure Israel into a ceasefire.  This will greatly please the Islamic forces, because they have absolutely no plans to go into the Negev in pursuit of Israel.  They realize that the Negev is the most cleverly camouflaged zone on the face of this planet, as well as the most heavily fortified area ever created by man.

Prophecy Update 32A was issued after the unbelievable terrorist attack was unleashed on September 11, 2001.  In this prophecy update we stated:  “The horrific events that have occurred, which involved the World Trade Buildings and the Pentagon, have staggered the U.S. almost to unbelief.  We all expected some terrorist activity to occur within our borders, but nothing so well planned, and of such magnitude.  Yes, we will avenge this attack, and we will see justice done, and the guilty individuals and/or sheltering nations will pay the price for this cowardly attack.  But, in the final analysis, this act of inhuman horror will drive the United States to make a concerted, continuous push for peace in the Middle East.  Believe it or not, out of this waste of precious human life by these religious fanatics there will eventually come a period of false peace to the land of the Bible.  It will not occur overnight, but it will occur”

And so, even as I write, we are avenging this ungodly attack, and the terrorist groups, and the country harboring them, are paying a terrible price.  What has been, is, and shall be the result of our victory over the terrorists and the country that supported them?

It will drive the terrorist network underground.

All the other Islamic terrorists are watching what is happening to their fellow terrorist groups.

All Islamic nations are watching what happens to nations that harbor terrorist groups.

All Islamic nations are watching Israel make hay while the sun shines in their punishment of the Palestinians for terrorist attacks against them.

Most of the Islamic nations are mad as a wet hen about what is happening to the Palestinians, and their other Islamic brethren in Afghanistan, but are frustrated because they are powerless to do anything about it.

It will cause most of the Islamic nations to change their strategy of how to uproot Israel out of the land from Dan to Beersheva.

These six factors are causing Islam to realize terrorist activity is a detriment, rather than a help, to reach the goal they have held since 1948, that is, namely, to drive Israel out of all the land north of Beersheva.  As a result of what is transpiring now, those nations harboring terrorist groups, will eventually meet with, and direct, them to cease their work until a false peace is reached between Israel and the Palestinians.  The U.S. knows that the only sure way to insure cessation of all Islamic terrorist in our country, is for peace to come between Israel and the Palestinians.  Consequently, this will cause the U.S. and all her allies to keep putting more and more pressure on Israel to negotiate a peaceful settlement with the Palestinians.  

Middle East Zone   

During the past century every major conflict, that has suddenly erupted in the Middle East and its environs, has caused countless numbers of men and women to once again suddenly become very religious, and to flock back to local churches in droves.  To at least some extend, this has been happening in the past, and now, because of a basic misunderstanding of the coming of Christ.  Those who rush back into a better relationship with Christ, at the first sign of a major conflict in the Middle East zone, may well be expecting that the conflict will continue, and eventually end in the final Battle of Armageddon.  They associate the return of Christ only with what is called the Second Advent.  However, there is a coming of Christ for the saved, which occurs before the Lord’s Advent.  The following Scriptures describe the Second Advent of Christ, which occurs when He comes to end the final Battle of Armageddon.

[7] Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen.Revelation 1:7

[10] And I will pour upon the house of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they shall look upon me whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, as one mourneth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for him, as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn. Zechariah 12:10

[25] And there shall be signs in the sun, and in the moon, and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring; [26] Men's hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the earth: for the powers of heaven shall be shaken. [27] And then shall they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. Luke 21:25-27

If I believed that the Second Advent and the catching out of the saved were the same event, then I also would think that, each time a conflict broke out in the Middle East area, it might continue until it ended with the Battle of Armageddon.  However, we find that, after the blowing of the seventh trump in the Book of Revelation, there is a massive heavenly judgment for rewards being ministered to all types of believers from all ages, and we also discover that, at this time of pre-advent judgment, we are still four chapters, and six vials, away from Armageddon.

[15] And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever. [18] And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth. Revelation 11:15,18

[16] And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon. Revelation 16:16

[10] For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in his body, according to that he hath done, whether it be good or bad. II Corinthians 5:10

So, if God’s prophets, saints, and those that fear his name, are in heaven being judged by God for rewards, then they had to be “caught out” by Christ before the Battle of Armageddon, which occurs when the last of seven vials is poured out.

[16] And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon. [17] And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. [18] And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great. Revelation 16:16-18

Therefore, the following Scriptures refer, not to the Second Advent, but to a “catching out” that occurred earlier, and which is described in the following Scriptures:

[51] Behold, I shew you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed, [52] In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed. I Corinthians 15:51,52

[16] For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God: and the dead in Christ shall rise first: [17] Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air: and so shall we ever be with the Lord. [18] Wherefore comfort one another with these words. I Thessalonians 4:16-18

So why have I gone to all this trouble to establish there are two comings of Christ between now and the beginning of His Millennial Reign?  There MUST be, BEFORE He comes, a period of what seems, to the world and Israel, to be a genuine peace.  Before Christ came for His children, two things had to happen:

1. Israel had to return to become a real, physically alive, nation  (Ezekiel 37).  That has happened!

2. There would have to be, what seemed to be, a genuine peace with the nations around Israel.  This will occur soon!

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. I Thessalonians 5:3,4

As soon as the current conflict is ended in Afghanistan, the events I outlined in Prophecy Update Number 42 will begin to come into play, and a false peace that appears to be genuine will occur within two years.  I believe it will occur next year.  There has been no peace between Israel and her Islamic neighbors, within and without, for some 53 years, only terror and bitter hatred.  The terrorist acts will suddenly cease, and the sheer shock from it will, within months, lead Israel to believe it is real, and will continue.  After a brief period of time, both Israel and the U.S. will feel a sense of deliverance from terror, and a feeling of safety will settle over them.  Those who always get religious, when they fear the return of Christ is near, will again abandon trying to restore fellowship with God, and the western world powers will all settle back for a long winter’s nap.  It is at this time that the words of Jesus, concerning the time he comes for his children, will be fulfilled.

[44] Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh. Matthew 24:44

Armageddon War 

At the risk of repeating the same thing I have taught for some 30 years, please allow me to reiterate an important factor of end time prophecy.  I keep discussing it because so many of this planet’s inhabitants are seemingly void of understanding it, let alone applying it.

Each time a conflict arises, among the nations existing at the time it occurs, there is a phenomenon that spreads across the earth.  Many of earth’s inhabitants, both those who believe, and those who do not, are suddenly filled by a fear that this particular conflict will end with the battle of Armageddon.  All unbelievers are afraid that, even though they don’t believe that Jesus is alive and coming again, it might be true, and, based on the possibility it may be true, their hearts are TROUBLED.  Since Christ will catch out all true believers before the final great battle of Armageddon, unbelievers associate the coming of Christ with the battle, and fear both events.  However, I have found, in the last twenty-two years of presenting end time prophecy in more than 700 churches, colleges, seminaries, and universities, that a fear also exists in the hearts of believers about the possibility of each new conflict leading to the final great battle of Armageddon.  And, though it may surprise you, I have also discovered, for a variety of reasons, that many believers also fear the coming of Christ.  They want to live in their flesh for 100 years, and then, just as their bodies become a burden to them, it will be alright for Jesus to come and give them a new body.  Others believers, who don’t want to see Jesus come immediately, want to see their children grow up, and have children, so they can enjoy being grandparents. Then they can live happily thereafter in the flesh until Jesus comes.  Some believers, with children in their teens and below, don’t want their children to be frightened by  unpleasant prophecies.   There are a multiplicity of many different reasons why many believers and unbelievers do not want to see Jesus return to rule and reign. 

So, with all this in mind, since the vast majority of this world’s population fears both Armageddon and Christ’s second coming, please allow me to show you that using each new conflict to worry about either event, according to what Jesus said, is a waste of time.  If you really want to worry about either event, please allow me to show you, from the lips of Christ, what NOT to use as an indicator his second coming is near.

[6] And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be NOT troubled: for all these things must come to pass, BUT THE END IS NOT YET. Matthew 24:6

[7] And when ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars, be ye NOT troubled: for such things must needs be; BUT THE END SHALL NOT BE YET. Mark 13:7

[9] But when ye shall hear of wars and commotions, be NOT terrified: for these things must first come to pass; BUT THE END IS NOT BY AND BY. Luke 21:9

When war swept across Europe in the days of Napoleon, many believed it would end in Armageddon.  It did not!  Napoleon was supposed to be the antichrist.  When the great war, World War I, broke out, many were certain that it would end in Armageddon, and the second coming of Christ.  It did not!  When World War II began, many believed it would end in Armageddon and the coming of the Lord.  Arguments arose among Bible teachers as to whether Hitler, Mussolini, or some Japanese leader was going to be the Antichrist.  Then came the conflicts in Korea and Vietnam.  Operation Desert Storm came on the scene, and many suddenly appeared in churches that ministers did not even know were on the church rolls.  A significant number of TV evangelists thought the leader of Iraq could be the antichrist.  Still, NO antichrist, and NO final battle of Armageddon, and NO catching out of the saints, and so, after many years of this sequence of events repeating over and over again, many are now convinced Armageddon will never occur, and that the world will never see Christ return.  I believe the world is now ready to have the following scripture fulfilled:

[44] Therefore be ye also ready: for in such an hour as ye think not the Son of man cometh. Matthew 24:44

Lord willing, in Prophecy Update 45, I will exposit on the thing that Jesus said would happen to allow all believers TO KNOW that His coming, and Armageddon, were in the immediate future.  We cannot tell the day, week, month, or year of his coming.  But there is a way we can KNOW WHICH conflict will end in Armageddon.  

[5] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, THAT THAT DAY should overtake you as a thief. [5] Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness.  I Thessalonians 5:4-6 
 
Battle of Armageddon

Please click on the Archives arrow above, and review Prophecy Update Number 44, before reading this update.  This Update is a continuation of WHY the final war will not break out until a certain event occurs in the Middle East.

Now, let’s continue from the end of Prophecy Update Number 44 by looking at what MUST HAPPEN BEFORE the final war of this age begins, the war that ends some three and one-half years later, culminating with the battle of Armageddon.  Israel HAD TO BE REGATHERED BEFORE this great final battle could occur.  Israel has “officially” been in place in her native homeland for some fifty-three years.  But one other thing HAD to happen BEFORE the war began that ended in Armageddon.  Here it is:

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when THEY shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon THEM, as travail upon a woman with child; and THEY shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

This was written by the Apostle Paul, who described himself as follows in Philippians 3:5 – “Circumcised the eighth day, of the stock of Israel, of the tribe of Benjamin, an Hebrew of the Hebrews; as touching the law, a Pharisee.”  Paul looked upon Israel, as a nation, as being in unbelief before their God, for he wrote in Romans 11:32 – “For God hath concluded them all in unbelief, that he might have mercy upon all.”  Paul dearly loved his people, and carried a great burden for their salvation in his spiritual heart.  He loved them so much he expressed a desire that he was willing to be separated from Christ if they would turn to their Messiah, as he states in Romans 9:1-3 – “I say the truth in Christ, I lie not, my conscience also bearing me witness in the Holy Ghost, [2] That I have great heaviness and continual sorrow in my heart. [3] For I could wish that myself were accursed from Christ for my brethren, my kinsmen according to the flesh:” Therefore, I believe the “THEM” and “THEY,” in I Thessalonians 5:3, refers PRIMARILY to the Jews, but am also certain it applies to all unbelievers in general.  So, there MUST BE what APPEARS TO BE a genuine period of “Peace and safety” in the Middle East in the minds of unbelievers, especially in the minds of Jews in Israel.  Within the next two years we will finally see what appears to be a genuine peace, but it will be a false peace.  It will be a peace engineered by Islamic nations, and their terrorist groups, behind top secret closed door meetings of some ten nations.  Countries such as Turkey, Jordan, Egypt, and Saudi Arabia will not be invited or even aware these meetings are being conducted.  And it will all be for the purpose of leading Israel, the U.S., and the western world into a false sense of “Peace and safety.”

Once this false peace has “settled in,” then the antichrist, and the ten Islamic nations, will launch an attack that matches the Japanese cunning of Pearl Harbor with the efficiency of the German blitzkriegs launched into Poland and France during World War II.  It will be led by Syria, and will come from the north into Israel.  If you will peruse previous Prophecy Updates issued this year (1 to 44) by clicking on the arrow at the top of this Update (Archives) to expose their menu, you will see why I am so confident of what I am now issuing.

The initial attack will be launched DURING this connived time of false peace.  I believe the following Scriptures from Ezekiel validate this belief.  The antichrist will KNOW that Israel is dwelling with a false of security, BECAUSE he is the one who has led them to believe they finally have a genuine peace after some fifty three years of terrorism, three wars, and constant fear of the unknown.

Ezekiel 38:14-17

[14] Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; IN THAT DAY when my people of Israel DWELLETH SAFELY, shalt thou not know it? [15] And thou shalt come from thy place out of THE NORTH parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army: [16] And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be IN THE LATTER DAYS, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes. [17] Thus saith the Lord God; Art thou he of whom I have spoken IN OLD TIME by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them?

These forces will drive Israel into the Negev Wilderness.  Only one-third of the Jewish population will made it into the Negev, and Jerusalem will fall.

Zechariah 13:8 to 14:2

[8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God. [1] Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. [2] For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.

 

The current Jewish population in Israel is just over five million.  So, using the Jewish population increase rate over the past few years and, believing the attack will occur before 2006, this would mean that less then two million Jews would make it into the Negev, where they would remain for some three and one-half prophetic years (1260 days).   

Revelation 12:6

[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

I realize that saying this attack will occur before 2006, and that the false peace will come to the Middle East in two years, in a broad sense, is a type of “time setting,” and that I may well be embarrassed if it does not happen in these time periods.  I am CERTAIN that the peace must come, and I KNOW the attack must come during it.  I am PERSUADED, but NOT CERTAIN, that the peace will occur within two years, probably next year, and am CONFIDENT, but NOT POSITIVE, that the attack will occur before 2006.  It is the SEQUENCE of events, NOT the timing, of which I am CERTAIN.

.    
The Glorious Land

Please click on the Archives arrow above, and review Prophecy Updates 44 and 45 before reading this update.  This update is a continuation of WHY the final all out war will not break out until a false peace occurs in the Middle East.

Ezekiel 38:8,9

[8] After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the nations, and THEY SHALL DWELL SAFELY ALL OF THEM. [9] Thou shalt ascend and come LIKE A STORM, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee.

Daniel 11:41

[41] He shall enter also into THE GLORIOUS LAND, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these SHALL ESCAPE out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon.

The ancient boil of conflict between the descendants of Jacob, Ishmael, and the six sons of Keturah, with all its internal blend of impurities, is finally coming to a head in the Middle East. The current drastic rise in the conflict between the Palestinians and Israelis will, in the end, be the catalyst that brings a temporary false peace between them.  The reasons for this false peace have been outlined thoroughly in the last five prophecy updates.  The apparently genuine peace will be shattered suddenly by a rapid blitzkrieg attack from the north by Syria.  In league with Syria will be Lebanon, Iraq, Iran, Algeria, Tunisia, Libya, Sudan, Turkmenistan, and Azerbaijan.  I feel very confident of all but the last two named, and it could well be two other countries in the Middle East.  Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran will move rapidly southward through the “glorious land” of Israel like a fast moving thunderstorm, bypassing the land where the people of Moab, Ammon, and Edom were settled when Daniel wrote his prophecies in about 600 B.C.   The descendants of Edom (Jacob’s brother), and Ammon and Moab (the sons of Lot), as found on every published map for this time period, were settled immediately to the southeast, east, and northeast of the Dead Sea, precisely in the country we know as Jordan today.  Hence, we can know that the antichrist will bypass Jordan as he moves south through Israel.  Why would he bypass Jordan?  She has no strategic, political, or economic advantage to offer him, but the Suez Canal and Egypt do, so he will head southwest toward that area after having driven the woman Israel into the Negev Wilderness south of Beersheva.

Revelation 12:6

[6]  And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

Daniel 11:42

[42] He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape.

Lord willing, in Prophecy Update Number 47, I will continue to exposit on the remainder of the eleventh chapter of Daniel.  If you want to know what Israel is trying to do currently with her stepped up war against the Palestinians, I would recommend that you go into the prophecy archives and read what I wrote Ariel Sharon would eventually do when negotiations completely broke down with Yassar Arafat.  It is found in Prophecy Update Number 3, and involves what I wrote concerning a “forced peace.”  If you want more information as to why Israel flees into the Negev Wilderness, and what has already been prepared for her there, then review Prophecy Updates 4 through 12.  The events now occurring in the Middle East are opening the door for the beginning of the Tribulation Period, and the door when opened will usher in a false peace, which is the calm before the tornado.

Jihad - Holy War

Please read Prophecy Update Number 46 by clicking on the arrow found above to the right of Prophecy Archive Reviews in order to reveal the Update Menu.

We closed Prophecy Update Number 46 after having exposited on Daniel 11:40 to 42.  We left the antichrist in verse 42 poised to head southwest from Beersbeva to gain control of the Suez Canal, and eventually west to conquer all of Egypt.  He has already driven southward through Israel to take the land from Dan to Beersheva in verses 40 and 41, which is what was identified as Israel in the Old Testament.  By the beginning of verse 42 he has driven one-third of the surviving Israelis into the Negev south of Beersheva, where they will remain contained for more than three years.

Daniel 11:41,42 + Zechariah 13:8 + Revelation 12:6

[41] He shall enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon. [42] He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. [8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

This Jihad (Holy War) attack by Islamic nations against Israel is the third in a series of attacks described in the Koran of Islam.  In Arabic, the name Koran means “The Recital.”  Allah speaks in the first person plural, which often changes to the first person singular or the third person singular in the course of the same sentence.

QUOTE FROM THE KORAN, THE NIGHT JOURNEY 17:4-8

The Night Journey 17:4 – In the Scriptures We solemnly declared to the Israelites: ‘Twice you shall commit evil in the land.  You shall become great transgressors.’

“Scriptures” refer to those found in the Old Testament of our present day Bible.  Mohammed claims that Allah is the God of all men, including Israel, and that he gave them what we call the Old Testament.  Mohammed calls the Jews “the people of The Book.”  Also please bear in mind that Mohammed was born about AD 570, almost 500 years after John finished Revelation, the last book of the New Testament.

“Twice” refers to the sins of Israel in the Old Testament that led God to cause them to be led into captivity on two occasions.  The first being the 70 year captivity into which the Babylonians carried them in about 587 BC.

Jeremiah 25:8-11

[8] Therefore thus saith the Lord of hosts; Because ye have not heard my words, [9] Behold, I will send and take all the families of the north, saith the Lord, and Nebuchadrezzar the king of Babylon, my servant, and will bring them against this land, and against the inhabitants thereof, and against all these nations round about, and will utterly destroy them, and make them an astonishment, and an hissing, and perpetual desolations. [10] Moreover I will take from them the voice of mirth, and the voice of gladness, the voice of the bridegroom, and the voice of the bride, the sound of the millstones, and the light of the candle. [11] And this whole land shall be a desolation, and an astonishment; and these nations shall serve the king of Babylon seventy years.

The second occasion was the carrying away by Romans which began in AD 70 by Titus, and was completed by Hadrian some 65 years later.  This led to the worldwide dispersal of the Jews.

Luke 21:24

[24] And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away captive into all nations: and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.

Please remember that both these attacks had already occurred BEFORE Mohammed wrote the Koran. But since he is claiming that his God Allah wrote “The Scriptures” we call “The Bible,” he is interpreting our Bible to say that Allah and Islam warned the Israelites in advance of the these two attacks before they occurred.

The Night Journey 17:5 – And when the prophecy of your first transgression came to be fulfilled, we sent against you a formidable army which ravaged your land and carried out the punishment with which you had been threatened.

This was, of course, the Babylonian invasion and the 70 years of captivity.

The Night Journey 17:6 – Then we granted you victory over them and multiplied your riches and descendants, so that once again you became a numerous people.  We (Allah and Islam) said: ‘If you do good, it shall be to your own advantage; but if you do evil, you shall sin against your own souls.’

Mohammed here claims that Allah gave them victory by causing the conquest of the Babylonians by the Medes and the Persians, and then raising up Cyrus, King of Persia, to allow them to return to their homeland.

The Night Journey 17:7 – And when the prophecy of your second transgression came to be finished, We (Allah and Islam) sent another army to afflict you and to enter the Temple as the former entered it before, utterly destroying all that they laid their hands on.

Mohammed here claims that because they did not heed Allah’s second warning, he sent the Roman army against them, and they, like the Babylonians had destroyed the Temple of Solomon in about 587 BC, destroyed the Temple of Herod in AD 70.  Mohammed then makes the prediction of a final punishment if they trespass against Allah for a third time.  This attack will result in their being scourged and cast into Hell, the prison house for all unbelievers.  I believe Mohammed extracted this prophecy from both the Old and New Testaments, and that it will occur before the year 2006.

The Night Journey 18:8 – We (Allah and Islam) said: ‘Allah may yet be merciful to you.  If you again transgress, you shall again be scourged.  We have made Hell a prison-house for unbelievers.’

I suspect that Mohammed took the writings of the “prophets of Israel” that were “spoken in old time” of the final attack against Israel, and them predicted it as being a prophecy from Allah.

Ezekiel 38:14-17

[14] Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it? [15] And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army: [16] And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes. [17] Thus saith the Lord God; Art thou he of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them?

I believe this attack will occur before 2006 and, indeed, will be a scourging by the armies of Islam as they sweep south from Dan to Beersheva, and Israel will be exiled in the Negev Wilderness for some three and one-half years.  In our next update, Lord willing, we will continue to exposit on Daniel 11:42 to 45.
 
Arab Nations

You may review all our prophecy updates by clicking on the arrow to the right of “Prophecy Update Reviews” at the top of this page.

In Prophecy Update Number 1 of this year (2001), we discussed the beginnings of a pattern of military unity activities between Syria, Iran, and Iraq that was emerging in the Middle East, and how it would eventually result in a “forced peace” in Israel before 2003.

In Prophecy Update Number 13 we discussed meetings that had already been occurring between the Arab nations that control the terrorist groups, and the terrorist groups themselves.

In Prophecy Update Number 27A we continued to outline these meetings that would eventually lead to a false peace in Israel.

In Prophecy Update Number 42 we summarized the continued meetings between Arab nations that were heading them toward luring the Israelis into a false peace settlement.  And we have continued this theme through Prophecy Update Number 47.

So, with all this in mind, let’s take a look at this week’s beehive of diplomatic activity that has passed through Syria involving foreign affairs.  All of these meetings mask an ulterior motive to reach the final goal: elimination of Israel from what they say is Arab land.  The meetings are to attain a unified Middle East pact agreement by Foreign Affairs Ministers from those Arab countries that sponsor terrorism, and from Foreign Ministers from China and Russia that will eventually join the Arabs at the final Battle of Armageddon.  Out of these meetings, and many more that will follow, will come a secret pact beyond what is publicly announced as their purpose.  Russia, China, Egypt, Jordan, and Saudi Arabia will not be privy to this secret pact.  The secret pact will be between 10 Arab nations and terrorist groups sponsored by Libya, Lebanon, Syria, Iraq, Iran, Algeria, and Sudan.

The following meetings were a part of meetings that are shifting from Arab capital to Arab capitol, and will continue to do so for some time.  Do not expect the announced conclusions of these meetings to proclaim what decisions were really reached, but rather what they want the free world and Israel to hear.  All of these meetings were conducted this week.

Syrian Vice President Abed al-Halim Khaddam met with Iranian Deputy Foreign Minister in Arab-Affairs Mohammed Sadr this week in Syria.  Khaddam said that the countdown for Israel started with the glorious victory of the brave Lebanese in the southern part of that country.  And he added: “The blessed countdown that started in south Lebanon is still going on.” And Mohammed reiterated, “The U.S. is trying to take advantage of the current global political developments and intimidate the Palestinians as well as the whole Arab world.”  Syria and Iran agreed to keep consultations among the high ranking political authorities under the tough political atmosphere of the Middle East.  Kaddam asked for a state visit by Iranian First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref to Syria as a first step in that direction.

Sadr’s trip to Syria was the first leg of his regional tour of the Middle East at the top of an Iranian political delegation, having met earlier with Syrian President Bashar al-Assad in midweek.

Sadr arrived yesterday in Beirut, Lebanon on his tour of Arab nations.  Lebanon, awaiting his arrival, was in the midst of a panel discussion by Iranian and Syrian scholars.  This was a conference sponsored jointly by the Center for Political and International Studies of the Iranian Foreign Ministry and the Syrian Arab Center for Strategic Studies.  A continuation of this conference will be held in Iran at a date to be set in the near future.

Just before Iran’s Sadr passed through Syria on his tour of the Arab nations, Chinese Foreign Minister Tang Juaxuan arrived in Syria last Saturday on the second-leg of a one-week tour of the Middle East.  During his meeting with President Bashar al-Assad, he backed Syria in opposing the extension of the “war on terrorism” beyond the borders of Afghanistan.

Last Monday the Syrian President also met with the Russian Duma Delegation.  The Duma Delegation was led by Demitri Ragozin,  the Chairman of the Foreign Relations Committee.  The meeting was attended by the Chairman of the Arab and Foreign Affairs Committee Shaker As’eed, along with  Russia’s ambassador in Damascus.

A continued flurry of diplomatic activity, in conferences across the Islamic world during the months to come, will eventually lead to peace in the Middle East, probably in 2002, but it will be a false peace, contrived by many meetings in closed door sessions at their many conferences.  It will be an evil plan contrived in the thoughts of an evil mindset.  The terrorist groups will go along with the evil plan, and will stop their activities until Israel has been lulled into a false sense of security, and then the evil thought will be put into action.  This attack has been graphically outlined in many previous prophecy updates.  I believe it will occur before 2006. 

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

Ezekiel 38:8-11

[8] After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them. [9] Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee. [10] Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: [11] And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates,  

This initial attack will lead to a conflict of some three years.  It will finally culminate with the Battle of Armageddon.  I believe the attack will occur prior to 2006.

Revelation 16:16

[16] And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.    

Islamic Neighbors

You may review all our Prophecy Updates from last year, Numbers 1 through 48, by clicking on the arrow to the right of “Prophecy Archive Reviews” at the top of this page.

Revelation 16:16

[16] And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.

Throughout all of last year’s Prophecy Updates, and for the last 30 years, I have consistently taught that the final war, which is to culminate with the battle of Armageddon, would not begin until a false peace came to the Middle East.  I have never taught any other position.  For some 54 years Israel has existed as a nation, and has been involved in three major conflicts with its Islamic neighbors in 1948, 1967, and 1973.  But in all that time she has never been at peace with the Palestinians within or the Syrians to the north.  Until this happens there can be no final battle of Armageddon.  However, each time there is a conflict of any sort in the Middle East, a fear of it turning into the battle of Armageddon fills the hearts of many men and women, both believers and unbelievers.  I repeat, until a false peace comes to the middle East between the Israelis, Palestinians, and Syria, there can be no final battle of Armageddon.

For the past 22 years I have traveled across the U.S. land mass from one end to the other, to Hawaii, to Alaska, and to Africa, and former Soviet satellite countries, attempting to prove from the Scriptures that, for the first time in history, it was possible for one to legitimately say: The coming of Christ is “nigh” and “your redemption draweth nigh.”  You may review my reasons for saying “this is the first time in history” by reviewing Prophecy Updates 18 through 20 in our Archives.

Luke 21:28,31

[28] And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh. [31] So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand.

In Prophecy Update Number 33, issued immediately following the horrific terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, we closed it by stating: “There can never be a true and lasting peace in the Land of the Bible until Jesus returns to reign on this planet.  However, out of this ungodly act of infamy against an America at peace, there will eventually come a brief period of peace, and many will believe it to be genuine and lasting.  But the terrorist groups will only hold off their activities for a short period of time, and they will do this only as a ruse to lead Israel, and the rest of the free world, into a false sense of security.  But this brief period of false peace will be broken by a blitzkrieg attack from the north of Israel".

I was convinced the American and free world reaction to the September 11th attacks would lead to the false peace within two years, and in Prophecy Update 36 stated: “The U.S. will be eminently successful in breaking the back of the worldwide terrorist network made up of fundamental Islamic extremists.  It will lead some 10 Islamic nations to realize that terrorism will not cause Israel to give back ALL of the land from Dan to the city of Beersheva in the Negev, which has always been their objective.  They want the Jews OUT OF ISRAEL, which, in the Scriptures is identified as the land from Dan to Beersheva.  So they will wield a new plan to meet their objective.  They will meet, behind closed doors over the coming months, among themselves, and with the leaders of their terrorist cells.  It will be decided to cease all terrorist activities for a period of time sufficient to lull Israel, and the free world, into a false sense of security.  The terrorist cells will be told of a future Jihad that will be conducted as soon as Israel begins to feel secure.  One might say: Israel will never be led into feeling secure.  But, if we had been oppressed, afflicted, hated, persecuted, prosecuted, and killed by the millions, as they have been for some 2000 years, as well as having been under constant fear, for the last 53 years, of being blown up or shot by terrorists, and then if suddenly it all ended, believe me, after a short period of time, we would believe it was all over.  I look for a peace to suddenly come to Israel.  The current off again, on again, gone again character of negotiation will continue for a short time, but I believe that suddenly, probably next year, the terrorist activity will cease, and a short period of peace will come to the Middle East.”

So, as you can see from the quotes of these previous Prophecy Updates, I have consistently held the view that false peace would come to the Middle East in 2002 since last September, and have repeatedly written about it through Prophecy Update Number 48.  I  believe the ingredients for this false peace are now moving into place in the Middle East.  In Prophecy Update Number 1, our first of last year, titled “Significant World and Middle East Events,” I stated: “Eventually there will be some form of peace between the Palestinians and Israel.  It may be a ‘forced’ peace, but the end result will be an enclosed Palestinian State within the borders of Israel.  This will create an impossible situation for Israel.  There is no worse military position than to have an enemy within while being attacked from without.  I believe it is quite likely that, by the time the year 2003 rolls around, there will have been numerous meetings behind closed doors between the leaders of Iran, Syria, Iraq, Palestine, Libya, Sudan, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Afghanistan, and Lebanon.  I believe that these meeting will eventually result in a consolidated plan to lure Israel into a sense of false security, after which a vicious surprise attack will be launched against Israel from the borders of Syria and Lebanon.  It will be the best coordinated attack ever launched against Israel.  The attack from the north, combined with the internal attack of the Palestinians, will force Israel into the Negev.  I suspect this attack may occur at some point in time between 2003 and 2005.”

Well, so much for tooting my own horn by quoting from the predictions we made last year, as if to say: “I told you so.”  And, indeed, we seen to be right on target with our timing if you look at what is happening between Israel, the Palestinians, and the Syrians at the present time, but there is “many a slip between the cup and the lip.”  There is absolutely no question in my mind that a false peace will come to the Middle East, nor does doubt exist in my mind that it will be broken by an attack from the north, and I know that this particular train of events will be followed some three years later by the battle of Armageddon.  Why am I so certain of these three statements?  Because the Scriptures teach it!  What is NOT certain is precisely WHEN the false peace will arrive to begin the inevitable chain of events that end with the battle of Armageddon.  I expect the terrorist activity to be erratic for awhile, and then suddenly to end in all of Israel.  When the peace agreements are finalized, and a new Palestinian State exists, then the countdown to Armageddon will begin.

In the lyrics of a popular American song from last year:  “That’s my story, and I’m sticking to it.”  Back in Prophecy Update Number 45 we began to describe the vicious surprise attack that will be launched out of Syria, and continued to describe it through Prophecy Update Number 46, which ended with the antichrist poised, in Daniel 11:42, to head southwest from Beersheva to conquer the Suez Canal.  Lord willing, in our next update, we will continue through Daniel 11:45.
 

#49A...  You may review all our Prophecy Updates from last year, and Prophecy Update Number 49 from last week, by clicking on the arrow to the right of “Prophecy Archive Reviews” at the top of this page.

The recent confiscation of a 50-ton Iranian arsenal of deadly military weaponry, intercepted by Israeli commandos in the Red Sea, is of great importance in evaluating the position I have maintained in all previous updates.  The weapons were valued at an estimated 10 million dollars.  This is all part of a plan for a future Islamic Jihad against Israel in which these weapons will be used.  This weaponry, along with all the other previously smuggled armaments hidden in the West Bank, is not to be used in the present, or in a future, internal conflict between the Palestinians and Israelis. The Palestinians will use the weapons during a confederated Islamic Jihad against Israel, some two to four years in the future.  And this Arab conspiracy will include the nations involved in the making, handling, procuring, and shipping of these captured armaments.

In Prophecy Update Number 1, the very first issued last year, I advised as follows: “The beginnings of a pattern of military unity between Syria, Iran, and Iraq, are now emerging in the Middle east.  Iraq recently conducted large scale military maneuvers on the Syrian border, reportedly after making prior agreements with the new Syrian President, Bashar Assad.  Then Bashar made a trip to Iran to hold talks with Iranian President Mohammad Khatami.  The talks were described as ‘a strategic dialogue.’  Eventually there will be some form of peace between the Palestinians and Israel.  It may be a ‘forced’ peace, but the final result will be an enclosed Palestinian State within the borders of Israel.  This will create an impossible situation for Israel.  There is no worse military position than to have an enemy within while being attacked from an enemy without.  I believe it is quite likely that, by the time the year 2003 rolls around, there will have been numerous meetings behind closed doors between the leaders of Iran, Syria, Iraq, the Palestinians, Libya, Sudan, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Afghanistan, and Lebanon.  I believe that these meetings will eventually result in a consolidated plan to lure Israel into a false sense of security, after which a vicious surprise attack will be launched against Israel from the borders of Syria and Lebanon.  It will be the best coordinated attack ever launched against Israel and, with the Palestinians operating from within, it will force Israel into the Negev.” In this special update the aforementioned pattern of cooperation between Syria, Iran, and Iraq will be brought to light, as it relates to the capture of the arms shipment by the Israelis last Thursday, which was supposed to be downloaded off the coast of the Palestinian controlled Gaza Strip.

In Prophecy Update Number 2, issued early last year, I advised:

“The Palestinians have also been sneaking in thousands of katyusha rockets through tunnels under the Egyptian border.  These rockets pass through the Palestinian controlled Gaza Strip, and eventually end up in the areas around Tul Karm and Kalkilya (Qalqilya).  These are two autonomous Palestinian cities on the Samarian bluffs east of the coastal cities of Haifa, Netanya, and Tel Aviv, and they will play a major role in the future attack of a confederation of Arab nations against Israel.  Approximately 70% of Israel’s Jewish population lives in the coastal zone to the west of these bluffs, with most of that being concentrated in Haifa, Netanya, and Tel Aviv.  About 80% of Israel’s industrial productivity is also in this area, as well as many important military installations.  The high elevations, on which Tul Karm and Kalkilya sit, strategically dominate the  coastal zones from a military standpoint.  I expect the IDF to eventually raid these areas, but with only limited success.  The Palestinians have been smuggling some katyushas across the Jordan River at night.  They move them westward through the dendritic openings of the eastern Samarian Mountains.  They are then passed through the highlands around Nablus, and to the south of Jenin and Afula.  They will be used for launching against Israeli forces that come north through the Jordan Valley to repulse the Syrian attack from the north.  But the main weaponry smuggled into these areas consists of anti-tank launchers, which have been concealed in this zone in countless numbers from south of Jenin to Nablus to north of Ramalla.” And in closing Prophecy Update Number 2 we concluded with: “When the future surprise attack is launched against Israel from the north, thousands of these rockets will shower down on the coastal population from Tel Aviv to Haifa.”  As the Israelis come north with their M-3’s and M-4’s up the Jordan Valley to repulse the inferior Syrian tanks, every dendritic opening in the western Samarian Mountains will be full of Palestinians who have come down them to await the Israeli tanks, and they will be packing two different types of anti-tank weapons.  It is possible that even the M-4 might not be able to withstand the ones they are currently smuggling in by ship.  Since Prophecy Update Number 2 was issued early last year, the Israelis have penetrated into the aforementioned West Bank areas to root out terrorists, but, as we indicated last year would be the case, have met with little success in finding the weapon hoards concealed in the karst limestone topography.

In Prophecy Update Number 11A, I wrote: “These weapons are being held in reserve for the time that a coordinated attack by Syria, leading several other Arab nations, can be conducted with the Palestinians creating internal chaos in central Israel.  I am persuaded it will take at least two to four years for this well coordinated sneak attack to be planned.  It will require the united effort of all the Arab forces to defeat Israel.  And it must include the partnership of all the terrorist groups.  They MUST cease their activities before Israel can be sure the peace will be genuine.  It is my opinion that the war between God and Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, found in the 38th and 39th Chapters of Ezekiel, will not occur before 2003, but is likely to occur before 2006.”

Well, so much for all this quoting myself in order to toot my own horn.  Let’s discuss weapon smuggling into Palestinian held areas, especially into the West Bank.  Two years ago, after I had ridden the Israeli ski lift to the top of Mount Hermon, I descended, and a few days later found myself in the southern Negev.  I led an incursion of several men on a “rough and ready” tour through the Negev, which I had been promising I would do for years, having been through it many times on the surface, and also seeing it from satellite readouts on countless occasions.  We had been on the Israeli road from Eilat to the Gaza Strip, but were stopped by Israeli border guards at a point south of the Gaza Strip.  The IDF would only let us proceed northward if we had weapons to defend ourselves, because the Palestinians were actively engaged in attempting to smuggle weapons across the border of Egypt (Sinai) both on the surface and through tunnels.  I speak conversational Hebrew, so I told the young Israeli guard in charge that I had a weapon.  He asked to see it, and I jokingly replied, “Young man, my whole body is a weapon.”  Looking at my chubby 67 year old body, he thought that was funny.  I kept on buttering him up, and finally he said, alright, go ahead.  I turned to the men I was leading and said quietly, move, move, move, before he changes his mind.  We got in our vehicles and were heading out, but suddenly he ran out in front of us waving his hands for us to stop.  He had gotten on his walkie-talkie to his field commander, and was told no, no, no!  The Israelis have become proficient in stopping a large part of the surface and underground smuggling efforts, but it is too late, because large quantities of katyusha rockets, anti-tank weaponry, AK 47’s, land mines, and a multiplicity of modern killing equipment is already in place in the West Bank.  Because of the increased Israeli proficiency on land, the Palestinians and their allies turned to the sea.  They have not abandoned attempting to smuggle by land, but it is now on a smaller scale.  Please bear in mind that I am using the word “Palestinian” in a very broad sense.  I am using it to refer to ALL smuggling activity that puts weaponry into the areas controlled by the Palestinians.  It may involve the Palestinian police force, their al Fatah, Hezbollah, Hamas, Islamic Jihad, or any other group opposed to Israeli occupation.  In other words, any group sponsored by, or associated with, or linked to, Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, the Palestinians, and ESPECIALLY Iran.

Early last year, the Israelis intercepted one of their first sea going smuggling vessels.  It came directly from Lebanon with a load of weapons from Iran that were brought across Syria into Lebanon.  It also had katyushas and anti-tank weapons.  In fact, the inventory was pretty much the same type as that on the Karine A, only much less in quantity.  The Israeli naval police off the coast of Israel, as a result of that conquest, have become expert at interception in that zone, and it is very difficult to penetrate it by night or day.

So now, in this latest intercepted catch of weapons, we have seen a much more elaborate plan put in play against Israel.  Bearing in mind what I have been saying about the growing union between Iran, Iraq, the Palestinians, and Syrian controlled Lebanon, let us examine the recent episode as it has unfolded.

Step 1. Ali Mohammed Abbas, an Iraqi national, in August of last year, purchases the Rim K., a Lebanese flag,  general vessel, operated  by Diana K shipping of Beirut.

Step 2. The Rim K is then registered on the other side of the globe in Tonga (South Pacific) in September, and its name is changed to the Karine A.

Step 3.  The Karine A leaves out of Lebanon for Sudan, and from there takes a cargo of merchandise from Sudan to Yemen.  Sudan has been the home of Osama bin Laden and, regardless of what it says, is still a terrorist state.  The Yemen hills are loaded with terrorists.  In Yemen’s port of Hudayda, the crew is replaced by one headed by Omar Akawi, a colonel in the Palestinian naval police.  Then, last month, it sailed to a designated spot off the Iranian island of Qeshm or Kesh. 

Step 4. The weapons, prepared and packed for deployment in northern Iran, have been transported southward, and are waiting at the port of Bandar e Abbas.  There they are loaded on ferries, which take them to a predetermined location for transfer of their cargo to the Karine A.  They are packed in dense waterproof plastic sleeves.  These sleeves may be inflated or deflated, such that the crates can be made to float visibly on the water surface, or invisibly just below the surface.

Step 5. The Karine A sets sail around the southern coastline of the Arabian peninsula, passes through the Gulf of Aden, then northward into the Red Sea.  But her crew is unaware that she has been the object of satellite surveillance for some time, and is about to be intercepted by Israeli commandos in Operation Noah’s Ark.  So, instead of going north through the Gulf of Suez into the Suez Canal, she is commandeered through the Gulf of Aqabah to the Israeli port of Eilat.

Aboard the 4,000 ton ship there were some 50 tons of multiple types of weaponry, mostly of Iranian and Russian manufacture, which was packed in about 83 crates.  The two most important things in her weapon array were the katytusha rockets and the anti-tank weapons, of which I have spoken repeatedly for years as being used internally in the coming Jihad.  It is likely that the interrupted treachery involved dropping the crates into the water at night at some distance off the Gaza Strip.  They would probably have inflated them just enough to float about a foot below the surface.  If they were dropped at the right location at the time of current and tide, they would eventually float up on the Gaza Strip shoreline.  I have been called upon to perform oceanographic estimates of where floating objects in the oceans would be in six-hour increments for up to a thirty-six hour period while a member of the National Security Agency.  It would be no big deal to make a reasonably accurate estimate of when such an object would make land, and there they could be quickly concealed for eventual smuggling into the West Bank.

There were thirteen crewmen, four of which were Palestinians.  The Captain, a Palestinian, Omar Akawi, is an official of the Palestinian shipping authority.  Akawi has been a member of Arafat’s Fatah organization since 1976.  In his first interview, he said that a Palestinian Authority official had overseen the operation.

Saddam Hussein, the Iraqi President, lashed out as usual, calling the taking of the vessel in international waters as “criminal piracy.”

So, is there a linkage of cooperation here preparing the way for an eventual Jihad a few years down the road?  Well, we have a former Lebanese Ship, supposedly owned by an Iraqi national, proceeding out of Lebanon, the home of Hezbollah, and stopping at two terrorist infested countries, Sudan and Yemen, on its way to a secret loading off the coast of Iran with weapons mostly of Iranian origin.  Four of the crew are Palestinians.  The Captain has been a member of the Palestinian Fatah terror group for 25 years, and he admits the weaponry was to be smuggled in by way of the Gaza Strip.

I have been monitoring the events in the Middle East since my first tour there in 1952 and 1953, where we were intercepting, and I was plotting and analyzing Soviet Mesrans.  I now see Iraq, Iran, and Syria beginning to overlook their past hatred of one another.  They are beginning to come together for what they believe will be the destruction of Zionism.  Algeria, Libya, Sudan, Somalia, Lebanon, and others are involved in terrorism, but Iran, Iraq, and Syria are the “Big Three” that control the terrorist groups, ESPECIALLY Iran.

Soon you will finally see a false peace come to the Middle East, which will suddenly be broken by a lightning Jihad from the North that will initially be composed of Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran.  I do not believe it will occur before 2003, but I do believe it will occur before 2006.

Syria, Iran and Iraq

You may review all our Prophecy Updates issued in 2001 and 2002 by clicking on the arrow to the right of what is labeled as “Prophecy Archive Reviews” at the top of this page.

In Prophecy Update Number 45 we described the false peace that will soon arrive in the Middle East, and we began to describe the initial attack out of Syria that would suddenly end the false peace.  I closed by stating: “I realize that saying this attack will occur before 2006, and the false peace would come before 2004, is a type of ‘time setting,’ and that I may well be embarrassed if these events do not transpire within the stated time limits.  I am CERTAIN that the peace must come, and I KNOW the attack must come during it.  I am PERSUADED, BUT NOT CERTAIN, that the peace will occur within two years, probably next year (2002), and am CONFIDENT, but NOT POSITIVE that the attack will occur before 2006.  It is the SEQUENCE of events, NOT the timing, of which I am CERTAIN.” In Prophecy Update Number 46 I began to describe the character of the attack by beginning an exposition of Daniel 11:41 to 45.  We closed Prophecy Update Number 47 by stating: “In our next update, Lord willing, we will continue to exposit on Daniel 11:42 to 45.”  In Prophecy Updates 48 and 49 we broke away from the exposition of Daniel 11:42 to 45, and concentrated on current events in the Middle East.  In Prophecy update Number 49A I closed by stating: “Soon you will finally see a false peace come to the Middle East, which will suddenly be broken by a lightning Jihad from the north that will initially be composed of Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran.  I do not believe the attack will occur before 2003, but I do believe it will occur before 2006.”

In this Update we will continue the drive of antichrist across the southern tip of Gaza toward Egypt and her Suez Canal.

Daniel 11:42

[42] He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape.

The political, geophysical, and military positioning of Syria, Iran, and Iraq, from a prospective of having world influence, literally stinks.  But the position of Egypt’s Suez Canal, and Cairo, her capital, is outstanding.  The antichrist is supposed to be a man of genius in all areas.  That being the case, he would be worse than a military academy dropout were he not to take the Suez Canal, and then make Cairo his empire’s capital. 

Daniel 11:43

[43] But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps.

The three most “precious things” in Egypt are:  the Suez Canal, the Nile River and its Delta, and Cairo, it’s capital.  He will conquer the Suez Canal zone and all of Egypt.  So just what is Egypt?  Many are inclined to establish it as the land bordered on the north by the Mediterranean Sea, on the west by Libya, on the south by Sudan, on the southeast by the Red Sea, and on the northeast by its Sinai border with Gaza and Israel’s Negev. And, geographically, that is quite correct.  However, in reality, that is not Egypt.  The real Egypt, where her people live, is much, much, smaller.  Egypt is the land along her north and east coastlines up to about two miles inland, the Nile Delta, and the land along the Nile River extending about fifteen miles either side of its banks.

The antichrist will send messages to leaders of two of the original 10 nations confederated with him, namely Libya and Sudan, requesting them to mass their troops along the northern coastal border with Libya, and along the border where the Nile enters Egypt from Sudan.  This will cause the diversion of some Egyptian troops away from Cairo and the Suez Canal in order to protect their western and southern borders.  And this will allow the antichrist to rapidly push across the Suez Canal into Cairo and along her western and eastern coastlines, then to quickly progress southward down the Nile with little resistance. I believe he will control Egypt within two weeks after he reaches the Suez Canal.

Once he has conquered Egypt, he will make an assessment of his geopolitical position.  After having done so, he would be a military fool to return to his home country. He will establish his capital at Cairo, and will remain there for more than three years.  After three years he will receive news that causes him to quickly return to Jerusalem.  If a military leader plans to put down his roots for a while, what would be one of his major concerns?  The relationship he has with the rulers of the nations that are on his immediate borders.  That is, how sure he is they will not pull a surprise attack on him.  So, through the prestigious position he has gained in the eyes of the Islamic world by this time, it will allow him to use the terrorist groups, already in Sudan and Libya, to overthrow their leaders, and in their place to install two of his stooges, where they will remain in control for some three years.  He will already have plucked up the ruler of Lebanon, and replaced him with a stooge.  It will surprise me if Lebanon, Sudan, and Libya are not the countries from which his stooges will rule.

Daniel 7:8,24

[8] I considered the horns, and, behold, there came up among them another little horn, before whom there were THREE of the FIRST horns plucked up by the roots: and, behold, in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking great things. [24] And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue THREE kings.

I believe the kings (rulers) of Lebanon, Libya, and Sudan will be subdued by being personally plucked up by the roots out of their positions of leadership in their own countries, and replaced by puppet rulers who do exactly as the antichrist directs.

Daniel 11:43

[43] But he shall have power over the treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. 

“At his steps” means “companionship” (Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance & Wilson’s O.T. Word Studies).  This expression also appears in Judges 4:10, where it appears as “at his feet.”

Judges 4:10

[10] And Barak called Zebulun and Naphtali to Kedesh; and he went up with ten thousand men at his feet: and Deborah went up with him.

It represents an Old Testament word picture of a conquered leader or country laying yearly tribute payments before the king of the conquering country, who is setting on his throne, and the tribute is being placed at his feet on the steps leading up to his throne.   So I believe the antichrist will place his puppet rulers on the thrones of Lebanon, Syria, and Sudan as those who are in “companionship” with him.

For more than three years, with the Suez Canal under his control, he will gain worldwide recognition and acclaim in his capital city of Cairo.  Israel will be trapped in the Negev for more than three years (See previous updates), and stability will have come to the troubled Middle East.  He will supposedly have done what all nations say they are seeking, that is, brought stability to the Middle East.  But, between the third and fourth year of his rule, something will cause him to quickly head for Jerusalem.

Daniel 11:44,45

[44] But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. [45] And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

Lord willing, in Prophecy Update Number 51, we will discuss what causes him to head for Jerusalem.
 
#50A...

You may review all our Prophecy Updates from last year, and Prophecy Updates 49 through 50 this year, by clicking on the arrow to the right of “Prophecy Archive Reviews” at the top of this page.

The Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) encircled five cities yesterday in autonomous zones of the Palestinians in Samaria.  These cities were not selected at random.  The recent vast shipment of weaponry taken off the seagoing vessel Karine A, on which I reported fully in Prophecy Update 49A last week, has finally stirred Israel into action on uncovering the hundreds of caches of weaponry planned to be used by the Palestinians in a future Jihad involving Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran.  The five cities encircled by the IDF were Tulkarm, Kalkilya, Jenin, Nablus, and Ramallah.  The limestone hills of this area contain caves whose mouths have been covered, and inside these are found the types of weaponry stored for future use after Israel has been lured into a false sense of security.  The Israelis gave the excuse of warnings of additional attacks by terrorist groups as the reason for blockading these cities, which is partially true, but they also want to trap terrorists to flush them out in place, and to scour the surrounding area in hopes of finding local caches of smuggled weapons.

Please mark the names of the five cities I mentioned early last year in Prophecy Update Number 2 as the zones around which smuggled weaponry was concealed in limestone caves.

In Prophecy Update Number 2, issued early last year, I advised: “The Palestinians have also been sneaking in thousands of katyusha rockets through tunnels under the Egyptian border.  These rockets pass through the Palestinian controlled Gaza Strip, and eventually end up in the areas around Tulkarm and Kalkilya (Qalqilya).” I then explained the reason for their being placed in this strategic position overlooking 70% of the Israeli population along the coastal plain from Tel Aviv to Haifa.  I then went on to state: “I expect the IDF to eventually raid these areas, but with only limited success.”  I then went on to explain  how other sections of the West Bank (Samaria) were receiving and storing their weapons in limestone caves that dot the interior.  I concluded: “But the main weaponry smuggled into these areas consists of anti-tank launchers, which have been concealed in this zone in countless numbers from south of Jenin to Nablus to north of Ramalla.”

If you will review Prophecy Update Number 49A, which was issued January 8, 2002, it will help you to better understand a secondary reason for the IDF’s encirclement of Jenin, Nablus, Ramalla, Tulkarm, and Kalkilya.  

Antichrist in Cairo, Egypt

The current wave of terror, followed by Israeli reaction, will continue as an off-again, on-again, gone-again, cycle of events.  This is now pushing the Israelis into imposing a “forced peace” action on the Palestinians.  I described this “force peace” mode, which I first made mention of in Prophecy Update Number 1 last year, in Prophecy Update Number 26A, where I detailed how it would be implemented if the terrorists continued their activities in Israel.  However, I still believe the countries sponsoring the terrorists with money and weapons, during this year, will finally wise up, and call off their activities until a false peace can be established with Israel.  But one way or the other, a form of peace will probably come to the Middle East this year. 

Prophecy Update Number 50 closed with the antichrist located in Cairo, Egypt, which has been his capital for more than three years.  He will supposedly have fulfilled the desire of what most nations say they want, that is, he will have brought stability to the Middle East. However, between the third and fourth year of his rule, something will cause him to quickly head for Jerusalem.  We closed Update 50 by saying, “Lord willing, In Prophecy Update Number 51, we will discuss what causes him to head for Jerusalem.”

Daniel 11:44,45

[44] But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. [45] And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

Please bear in mind that Daniel does not bring him out of the Egypt he has conquered until verse 44, and that he heads back for the glorious holy mountain, which is the middle hill of the three hills upon which the eastern part of the city of Jerusalem rests.  It is better known as the Mount of Moriah, where the first three temples sat, and is located between two seas, the Mediterranean Sea, and the Dead Sea.  Before the mighty former Soviet Union of Joseph Stalin arose, some identified this troubling news out of the north as being about Attila the Hun, after him it was about the German Kaiser of WW1, then about Hitler of WW2, and so forth and so on.  Before the great communist revolution of Mao brought forth the present huge sleeping giant of Red China, some identified the troubling news out of the east as being about Genghis Khan, the great Mongol conqueror from the east.  But modern day expositors generally now tend to make it news concerning Russia in the north and China in the east.  I do not believe it is either.  When Daniel wrote his book, it was written to the people of his day. So it is important to consider what they knew to be immediately to the north and to the east of Egypt.  But before we discuss what was, and still is, immediately north of Egypt, and what was, and still is, immediately east of Egypt, let me advise you why I do not believe it involves Russia or China.  Get out a world map and measure how far it is from Cairo to the borders of China and Russia.  The population of Russia today is more than 150 million, and the population of China is more than 1 billion, 300 million.  Do you really think he is going to take them on?  And are they not supposed to join forces with him at the final battle of Armageddon?  If he were, it would be rank insanity to return to Jerusalem to take them on!  And, besides all that, the land we know as China and Russia, for all practical purposes, was perhaps mentioned only in fables in Daniel’s day.  Do you really think he will “go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly make away many” from two distant, vast, countries with a combined population of almost one and one-half billion?

So what is immediately north of Egypt?  What touches its northern border? The Mediterranean Sea!  And what land is immediately east of Egypt?  What touches its eastern border?  The Negev!  And what could possibly be in the Mediterranean Sea that would trouble him?  The U.S. Fleet!  And what could possibly be in the Negev that would trouble him? Between 1.7 and 1.9 million Israelis!  The U.S. Navy & Marine Corps publish periodical “TRANSITIONS” of “All the Ships at Sea.”  You will find it amazing how many vessels we routinely have on scheduled patrols in the Mediterranean Sea.  We keep a carrier constantly on station patrolling that section of the Mediterranean immediately south of Turkey and north of Egypt.  The carriers USS Enterprise and the USS Theodore Roosevelt have often relieved each other on this permanent patrol station, along with other carriers.  There is also a report issued periodically on marine units deployed on the many ships that patrol the seas of the Middle East from the Mediterranean through the Red Sea into the Indian Ocean and up into the Persian Gulf.  It is simply called “All the Marines Deployed.” The U.S. Marines and IDF have been conducting joint operations in the Negev off and on for some 25 years. 

So the antichrist has had Israel bottled up in the Negev for more than three years at this future point in time.  I believe the news he hears is simply this: the U.S. Marines and IDF are planning to close his rear flank back to the country from which he originally came, Syria.  He will have left a strip heavily fortified across Gaza and the northern Sinai, but he will begin to have reservations about the ability of his troops to hold it.  He will then head back for Jerusalem to finally do what he wishes he had previously done, that is, to end the Jewish problem.  He will “go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.” He will super fortify the northeast Sinai and Gaza Strip, and head northeast to Jerusalem to prepare for the destruction of Israel in the Negev.  In Prophecy Update Number 52, Lord willing, I will define his palace, the tabernacles, and the nations involved.

Daniel 11:45

[45] And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

Jerusalem Temple

Daniel 11:44,45

[44] But tidings out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many. [45] And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

Prophecy Update Number 51 ended with the antichrist, in verse 44, back in Jerusalem from Egypt. He has returned to do what he was unable to more than three years before, that is, to end forever “the Jewish problem.”  From his capital in Egypt, based on his former success against Israel, he has become the dimpled darling of ALL the Islamic world, and MOST of the Old World countries.  So he plants himself as Allah’s Prophet on the sacred ground where Solomon’s Temple once stood, and sends out a call to all nations to come and help him forever eliminate the descendants of Jacob, the nation of Israel.  These invitations are extended to those nations who were once part of the old Roman Empire, which reached its maximum expansion under Trajan.  The nations will come from the known world at the time the Book of Revelation was written, which was “the whole world” of the prophetic writings.  They will come from Europe, Eurasia, Asia, the Middle East, and Africa.  The antichrist will direct them from the Temple mount in Jerusalem, and they will “go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many.”  The reason that “none can help him” does not mean no one will make the attempt, it means that 10,000 nations could not help him when God decides to destroy him and his army with the greatest display of geological and meteorological hell ever unleashed on this earth.

In verse 45 the word translated as “tabernacles” is OHEL.  It always means “tents,” never a temple made of stone.  The word translated as “palace” is APPEDEN, meaning a pavilion or palace tent, and it is never translated as “temple.”  APPEDEN refers not to a rebuilt temple on Jerusalem’s temple mount, but to a command post pavilion on the Temple mount from which the antichrist issues his commands.  At the time of Daniel’s writings, it was the custom for all kings to have a portable type of command post that could be quickly set up in a position from which the king could issue his orders to the men in the field.  The picture painted in Daniel’s account is of the antichrist in his command post on the Temple Mount with the tents of his men stretching from Haifa, past the Tel of Armageddon, through the Plain of Jezreel, down the Jordan Valley, and up to Jerusalem.  He will, by this time, consider himself a God, and his followers will follow him as the God of their final Jihad.  He will sit in his pavilion command post on the Temple mount claiming to be like Allah.

There are many who insist, because of what is written in Daniel 11:45 and II Thessalonians 2:4, that a temple must be rebuilt on the existing temple mount before Jesus returns.  I rather doubt that this will happen.  I KNOW that one will be built AFTER  He returns, but I do not believe one will be built BEFORE He comes to rule and reign from Jerusalem.   

II Thessalonians 2:4

[4]  Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.

When Paul wrote this verse he used the Greek word NAOS for “temple.”  There are two Greek words in the New Testament that are translated as “temple,” NAOS and HIERON.  HIERON is always used to refer to a temple made of stone, like the three that once historically stood on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem.  However, NAOS can refer to any type of container that houses something, such as a local one made up of human bodies as an assembly (ekklesia) among which the Spirit dwells, or an individual human body where the Spirit of Christ dwells, or as a collected family of people in which the Spirit dwells individually.  Paul used NAOS a total of eight times in all his epistles.  But he always used HIERON to refer to a temple of stone, that is, unless he used NAOS in II Thessalonians 2:4 for such a structure.  My point is this: if Paul wanted to leave no doubt he was referring to the antichrist perched in a rebuilt temple of stone on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem, he would have used HIERON, rather than NAOS in II Thessalonians 2:4.

The word NAOS means “an inner sanctuary, a dwelling place.” The suffix on it varies as to the part of speech it represents. The total number of times Paul used NAOS in his epistles, where it is translated as “temple,” are found in the following Scriptures.

I Corinthians 6:19

[19] What? know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own?

I Corinthians 3:16,17

[16] Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of God dwelleth in you? [17] If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy; for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are.   (The “you” and the two “ye’s” are plural)

II Corinthians 6:16

[16] And what agreement hath the temple of God with idols? for ye are the temple of the living God; as God hath said, I will dwell in them, and walk in them; and I will be their God, and they shall be my people. (The two “in’s” may be translated as “among” or “in” – either is correct.  The “ye” is plural).

Ephesians 2:21,22

[21] In whom all the building fitly framed together groweth unto an holy temple in the Lord: [22] In whom ye also are builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit.

II Thessalonians 2:4

[4]  Who opposeth and exalteth himself above all that is called God, or that is worshipped; so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, shewing himself that he is God.  

I believe this pictures him as claiming to be the God of all men, and he is proving it to himself, and the whole world, by setting on God’s Temple Mount in his Command Pavilion to establish himself as the sanctuary of God.

Paul only used the word HIERON twice where it is translated as “temple,” once by writing it himself, and again in dictating a previous episode in his life to Luke in the Book of Acts.

Acts 26:21

[21] For these causes the Jews caught me in the temple, and went about to kill me.

I Corinthians 9:13

[13] Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things live of the things of the temple? and they which wait at the altar are partakers with the altar?

In both these cases there is no doubt he meant the Jerusalem Temple of stone.  For better, or for worst, I am convinced he would have used HIERON, rather than NAOS, if he meant a temple of stone in Jerusalem. 

Hopefully, in Prophecy Update 53, we may finally get to the surprise he receives when he starts to launch his final attack. 

Peace and Safety

As I indicated in Prophecy Update Number 1, our first issued in 2001, “The beginnings of a pattern of military unity between Syria, Iran, and Iraq are now emerging in the Middle East.” In the year that has followed numerous meetings have occurred between the foreign ministers of all three.  Syria has illegally allowed Iraq to use her as a transporter of oil above the limits placed on Iraq by U.N. sanctions.  This is allowing Iraq, through this hidden source of oil revenue, to build back military might lost in Operation Desert Storm.  Iran and Iraq have conducted a series of meetings to reconcile the gulf that was created between them in their recent great war, a horror that produced death between them in the millions.  Prisoners have been exchanged for the first time, and they have both pledged to forget the past for the sake of Islamic union and purpose.  The Syrian and Iranian ministers at many levels have been meeting frequently in the last several months, and there seems to be a wave of ideas exchanged over many topics. 

Also, in the same update, I advised that some form of peace was likely to come by the year 2003 because of numerous closed door meetings which would occur between Arab nations.  These meetings have been, and are continuing to be, conducted on a wide spectrum, but especially between Lebanon, Syria, Iran, and Iraq.

And again, in the same update, I indicated that unless the Palestinians and Islamic nations called off the terrorist groups for a short period of time, the peace might not be a negotiated peace, but rather a “forced” peace imposed by Ariel Sharon. I have elaborated on this “forced” peace process in many of our updates for the past year.  The Palestinians and Islamic nations do not want a “forced” peace, so I believe this year or, at the latest, early next year, you will see them call off their terrorist units.  The terrorist groups will go along because of a promised Jihad at such time as the Islamic leaders are satisfied Israel has been lulled into a false sense of security.  At this time you will see a negotiated peace settlement by Israel with the Palestinians and Syria.  But, whether it is a “forced” or negotiated peace, I believe a false security will come with “peace and safety” before an Islamic Jihad occurs.

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

I believe a vicious blitzkrieg type of attack will be launched not to long after Israel feels secure in her new found peace.  I am persuaded it will happen before 2006, and will culminate with the final battle of Armageddon.

We closed Prophecy Update Number 52 with the antichrist on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem, having just returned from his tour in Egypt.  He has returned to issue a call to all nations to come and assist him in a final attack against Israel in the Negev to forever end the Jewish “problem.”

Daniel 11:45

[45] And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall come to his end, and none shall help him.

The reason that “none shall help him” is very simple, it is because none CAN help him, as the first verse following in the 12th Chapter validates.  He, and the mighty army he calls together, to come and destroy Israel (which has been militarily trapped in the Negev for three and one-half years), are both on the verge of being zapped by God.  When God’s wrath is poured out on them there is no power that can help antichrist, or his army.  The verse following Daniel 11:45, which is the last verse in Chapter 11, and, remembering the chapter divisions were supplied by the KJV translators, the next verse in a continuous narrative would be 12:1.

Daniel 12:1

[1] And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. 

According to Ezekiel 38:19 to 39:2, five-sixths of the antichrist’s army will be destroyed by natural phenomena God unleashes on them.

Ezekiel 38:19-23

[19] For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel; [20] So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground. [21] And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God: every man's sword shall be against his brother. [22] And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone. [23] Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord. [1] Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: [2] And I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel:

This unleashing of God’s power is also mirrored by most of the Old Testament prophets in many places, and most emphatically by John when God’s wrath is poured out at Armageddon.

Revelation 16:16-21

[16] And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon. [17] And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. [18] And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great. [19] And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath. [20] And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found. [21] And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.

And, as the battle of Armageddon is ended by the 2nd Advent of Christ, the doom of the false prophet, antichrist, and his armies, is graphically described by John in Revelation.

Revelation 19:19-21

[19] And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army. [20] And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. [21] And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.  

European Common Market

[23] Thus he said, The fourth beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces. [24] And the ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that shall arise: and another shall rise after them; and he shall be diverse from the first, and he shall subdue three kings. [25] And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.

When a best selling book was written in the fifties about six emerging European Common Market nations, it began to cause many theologians to rapidly change their minds as to where the antichrist would eventually arise.  Prior to that time most had believed he would arise out of the old Seleucid dynasty, which was formed by one of the generals who divided Alexander’s Grecian Empire into four sections.  Many believed the Assyrian, in the fifth chapter of Micah, would be the antichrist, and that he would arise in, and come out of, modern day Syria. 

Before the European Common Market theory arose, a majority believed antichrist would come out of the southern half of the old Roman Empire, rather than out of the European northern half.  But the great popularity of the aforementioned book ascended to the highest levels of acceptability, and previous beliefs were dwarfed to obscurity.  The book indicated that the six original members of the Common Market would soon be joined by four other nations to reach ten, and then be joined by the eleventh horn, who would be the antichrist of Daniel’s fourth beast in chapter seven.  However, soon there were ten horns, then there were eleven, then more, then fifteen, and soon more will come to be added.  But the astounding popularity of this book, and the thousands of preachers and other teachers who have taught it, have left a legacy that is difficult to convince they might not be correct in what they have taught, and are still teaching.

I have been concerned, since the book was first published, about the possibility it might cause many to be deceived when he does not arise in Europe, but in Syria.  Quite frankly, I watch both Europe and Syria just like a hawk, and, if I do see him rising in Europe, I most assuredly will accept it.  I am prepared for both.  But many are so convinced he must come out of Europe, I doubt if anything would change their minds.  In any case, in future updates I will show my reasons for believing he will come out of the Syria area.

The beast of Daniel 7:23 does indeed represent the old Roman Empire, and it certainly did tread down “the whole world,” that is, the “known” world of Daniel’s day.  Have you ever thought that perhaps we were meant to take the expressions of Daniel’s day concerning the world, and believe that is the only part of the present world the antichrist will dominate completely?  The ten horns will arise out of “the whole world” of Daniel’s day.  But why do they have to be European nations?  Were not Syria,  Lebanon, Turkey, Iran, Iraq, Jordan, Egypt, northern Saudi Arabia, Morocco, Tunisia, Algeria, and northern Sudan part of the old Roman Empire under the Emperor Trajan?  And are not these countries the descendants of Ishmael, the first son of Abraham, and Keturah’s six sons by Abraham, and the two sons of Abraham’s nephew Lot, Moab and Ammon by his two daughters?  Are not these descendants of Abraham the ones who have hated and battled the sons of Abraham through Israel for many centuries?  In any case, since I believe the attack is likely to occur before 2006, I expect to know where he will arise one way or the other in the next few years, that is, if I survive the grave before Jesus returns. 

I do not question that Europe will come down as part of the mass of many nations that join antichrist in Jerusalem for the final battle of Armageddon, but I am confident that the initial attack of the tribulation period will be by the antichrist leading Islamic nations against Israel.
 
#54A...  

FAMINES, PESTILENCES, EARTHQUAKES AND JESUS!

I received an e-mail this week asking a question that I have addressed over the last twenty-four years in more than 700 lectures I have presented in churches, colleges, seminaries, and universities in the U.S.A., Lithuania, Africa, and Romania.  It suddenly dawned on me that I had never placed it on our web pages.  So what follows is the answer I have been providing audiences since 1978.

When scientists, particularly those who are atheistic or agnostic, are told that Jesus is coming soon because more earthquakes are being reported per unit time in this generation, they are quick to point out that they are not really increasing, and will give you a bevy of scientific reasons why they are continuing just as they were from the beginning.  This is precisely what the Scriptures said they would do just before the second coming of Christ.

   II Peter 3:3,4,8,9

[3] Knowing this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, walking after their own lusts, [4] And saying, Where is the promise of his coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of the creation. [8] But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. [9] The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.

I would be the first to admit that the astronomical jump in the number of earthquakes that began to be reported in the last half of the twentieth century is due primarily to fantastic increases in all phases of technological advances in seismic technology, more international cooperation in reporting earthquakes and consolidation of a world data base, plus an unbelievably more efficient network system of reporting.  However, while I know this has been responsible for the vast percentage of the increase in the number of earthquakes, they also must admit there is no way of being certain whether or not it was totally responsible for ALL earthquakes reported.  However, it really doesn’t matter WHY so many are being reported.  It only matters that they ARE being reported in ever increasing numbers.  It is really a mute point, as I have pointed out to many scientists and audiences during the last twenty-two years.  Why?  The following discourse concerning who Jesus is, and what he really said about earthquakes, will answer that question.

Luke 2:40,47,49,52 + Colossians 2:9 + John 1:1-3
[40] And the child grew, and waxed strong in spirit, filled with wisdom: and the grace of God was upon him. [47] And all that heard him were astonished at his under-standing and answers. [49] And he said unto them, How is it that ye sought me? wist ye not that I must be about my Father's business? [52] And Jesus increased in wis-dom and stature, and in favour with God and man. [9] For in him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bod-ily. [1] In the beginning was the Word and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. [2] The same was in the beginning with God. [3] All things were made by him and without him was not any thing made that was made.
 
After Adam fell, and before Jesus came, Solomon was the wisest man who ever lived.  But when Jesus came the wisest, and by far the greatest man who ever lived, was found among mankind, walking as God incarnate in the perfect flesh of a man God created in Mary’s womb.  No one will ever exceed his knowledge in the future, for he is God.  However, it was God’s will that, by the time of the end of this present age, man would spread across all the earth under his heaven and, as a result of that spreading, his knowledge of the earth and universe would explode shortly before the time of the end.
Daniel 12:4

[4] But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased.

This fantastic rapid increase in knowledge in the time of the end has allowed us to understand the principles that underlie the causes of many phenomena, and among the many are famines, pestilences, and earthquakes.  Jesus, as God among us, already had all knowledge of man, the earth, and the universe.  How and Why?  Because “all things were created by him, and without him was not any thing made that was made (John 1:3).”

So Jesus was the only man walking on the planet in the first century who knew that the earth was an oblate spheroid.  He was the only man who understood it was not flat, and that most of it was undiscovered.  He was the only man who knew that man would spread across it, and his knowledge of it would explode in the end times.  He was the only man who knew the crust of the earth floated on underground liquid lakes of rock we identify as magma.  He was the only man who understood how earthquakes were produced along the edges of massive tectonic plates as they crunched against one another in the process of floating on the magma.  He was the only man who understood the formula of exponential growth in population toward the end of a doubling cycle curve.  He was the only man who knew what would happen when the population exploded in the last days and, due to crowding and the natural immorality of man in his fallen condition, that many pestilences would become active among a rapidly increasing population.  He knew that, when the twenty-first century dawned, the world’s population would exceed six billion, and that, for the first time in man’s history, two curves would cross – a  line curve that showed the rapidly increasing population, and another showing the ability of man to produce enough food to feed the increase.  Jesus knew that many more earthquakes would be reported in many more places because he knew the reporting net would expand as man moved into the yet undiscovered portions of the earth.  He knew they would increase because of man’s increase in knowledge producing seismological detection technology in earthquake reporting.  Only a man who walked as God on the earth could have predicted that famines would accelerate at the time of the end, that new pestilences would surface and spread rapidly in the last days, and that more and more earthquakes would be reported in many new places in a period of time known as the beginning of sorrows.   

Jesus delivered his Olivet Discourse just before his arrest and eventual crucifixion.  He stated in it that toward the end of this present age, and before his second coming, more earthquakes would be reported in different areas, more famines would be occurring, and more outbreaks of pestilences would be developing.  He identified this time as “the beginning of sorrows.” He indicated it would end with “fearful sights and great signs from heaven.”

Luke 21:11

[11] And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven.

Matthew and Mark, in the same discourse, identified this time of famines, pestilences, and earthquakes as “the beginning of sorrows.”

Matthew 24:7,8

[7] For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. [8] All these are the beginning of sorrows.

The Greek word “odin” is used for “sorrows,” which means to experience pain like a woman’s birth pains, which increase in number per unit time until the baby arrives.  The reported number of earthquakes, famines, and pestilences have been following this pattern, since 1967, on a worldwide basis, and will continue to do so until Jesus arrives, not as a baby in a manger, but as the Lion of Judah.

The really heavy earthquakes will not show a fantastic increase in frequency and intensity until the opening of the sixth seal in the midst of the tribulation period.  This is the first earthquake reported in Revelation.

Revelation 6:12

[12] And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;

They then continue to be reported, ever increasing in frequency and intensity, until the final great earthquake at the battle of Armageddon.

Revelation 16:16-19

[16] And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon. [17] And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done. [18] And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great. [19] And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath.

The intensity of the famines will have become incredible, and the pestilence unbelievable, in one-fourth of the world among the undeveloped countries BEFORE the great earthquakes explosion that begins with the opening of the sixth seal.  The opening of the third and fourth seals will expose growing famine and massive pestilence in the one-fourth of the earth where we are seeing the beginnings of it today.

Revelation 6:5-8

[5] And when he had opened the third seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and see. And I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand. [6] And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine. [7] And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see. [8] And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over THE FOURTH PART of the earth, to kill with sword, and with HUNGER, and with DEATH, and with the beasts of the earth.

The SWORD represents the RED horse rider of WAR.  HUNGER represents the BLACK horse rider bringing FAMINE.  DEATH represents the PALE horse rider of PESTILENCE.  These three phenomena will affect one-forth of the earth’s surface.

So, if an atheistic or agnostic scientist tells you that we are not really having more earthquakes, don’t argue with him.  Just ask him this question:  Aren’t more being reported?  When he says yes, BUT ……………….!  Wait until he finishes his lengthy discourse as to why the increase is due to newly inhabited areas, better ways of detecting earthquakes through rapidly developing means of detecting them through seismological technology, and a better reporting network, then ask him this:  Didn’t Jesus say more would be reported before he returned? Remind him that Jesus didn’t say why, he just said more would be reported “in divers places,” which means many different places.  This means Jesus knew there was more to the earth than men realized in his day, and that men would spread across it and, as Daniel indicated in 12:4, man’s technological knowledge would explode, allowing him to discover things about the earth and universe that only Jesus knew when he predicted an increase in reported famines, pestilences, and earthquakes at the time of the end.  Ask him how Jesus knew all this when no other man on earth did in his day.  You know, it just might be because he was God incarnate, walking on his own creation in perfect, sinless, human flesh.

Following are the latest reports of earthquakes I have from the Summary of Earthquake Data Base, KGRD 21, U.S. Geological Survey, which I have updated each year from their data base since 1986.  The numerical method of measuring earthquakes has changed over the years, but it is still very close to the old Richter scale used in evaluating earthquakes.



 

EARTHQUAKES >1 TO 10 IN SEVEN YEAR INCREMENTS

1967 TO 1974        34348

1974 TO 1981        43334

1981 TO 1988        72034

1988 TO 1995      120819

1995 TO 2002      146030

EARTHQUAKES 4 TO 5 IN SEVEN YEAR INCREMENTS

1967 TO 1974         9651

1974 TO 1981       19068

1981 TO 1988       26590

1988 TO 1995       31747

1995 TO 2002       54463

EARTHQUAKES  4 TO 10 IN SEVEN YEAR INCREMENTS

1967 TO 1974       15704

1974 TO 1981       30151

1981 TO 1988       37999

1988 TO 1995       43202

1995 TO 2002       63734

Luke 21:11

[11] And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven.

It is a fact that more earthquakes are being REPORTED now than at any time in history.

It is a fact that we are having more famines than at any time in history.

It is a fact that we are having more pestilences than at any time in history.

I believe the fearful sights and signs will become a reality to this generation, which began in 1967, before it closes  prior to the year 2008.

I SUSPECT that we are the final fig tree generation and, if so, we may soon see the fearful sights and great signs from heaven arrive on the scene.

   

Luke 21:31-33

[31] So likewise ye, when ye see these things come to pass, know ye that the kingdom of God is nigh at hand. [32] Verily I say unto you, This generation shall not pass away, till all be fulfilled. [33] Heaven and earth shall pass away: but my words shall not pass away.

Desolation of Jerusalem

God revealed to Daniel that Jeremiah’s prophecy of seventy years of captivity, which would accomplish the desolation of Jerusalem, had a secondary interpretation involving a much longer period of time.

Daniel 9:1,2

[1]  In the first year of Darius the son of Ahasuerus, of the seed of the Medes, which was made king over the realm of the Chaldeans; [2] In the first year of his reign I Daniel understood by books the number of the years, whereof the word of the Lord came to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy years in the desolations of Jerusalem.

Then, from 9:24 through 9:27, Daniel unveils the events of a lengthy time period that would affect Israel and the holy city of Jerusalem for 490 years (7 X 70 years).  He understands each year of Jeremiah’s prophecy to be equal to seven years, and identifies each period of seven years as one week.

Daniel 9:24

[24] Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.

Daniel indicates that during the period of 490 years the following would occur:

Condemning transgression against God would be finished.

Condemning sins against God would be ended.

Reconciliation to God for iniquity would be completed.

>Everlasting righteousness would be brought in.

Daniel’s vision of 9:22-24, and its prophecies, would be completed as the 490 years ended.

The most Holy One’s anointing would end the period of 490 years.

CONDEMNING TRANSGRESSION AGAINST GOD WOULD BE FINISHED.

John 19:30 + Isaiah 53:12

[30]  When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar, he said, It is finished: and he bowed his head, and gave up the ghost. [12] Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great, and he shall divide the spoil with the strong; because he hath poured out his soul unto death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many, and made intercession for the transgressors.

CONDEMNING SINS AGAINST GOD WOULD BE ENDED.

I Peter 2:24 + Isaiah 53:10

[24] Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree, that we, being dead to sins, should live unto righteousness: by whose stripes ye were healed. [10] Yet it pleased the Lord to bruise him; he hath put him to grief: when thou shalt make his soul an offering for sin, he shall see his seed, he shall prolong his days, and the pleasure of the Lord shall prosper in his hand.

RECONCILIATION TO GOD FOR INIQUITY WOULD BE FINISHED.

II Corinthians 5:19 + Isaiah 53:11

[19] To wit, that God was in Christ, reconciling the world unto himself, not imputing their trespasses unto them; and hath committed unto us the word of reconciliation. [11] He shall see of the travail of his soul, and shall be satisfied: by his knowledge shall my righteous servant justify many; for he shall bear their iniquities.

EVERLASTING RIGHTEOUSNESS SHALL BE BROUGHT IN.

Romans 4:3-8 + Isaiah 55:3-5

[3] For what saith the scripture? Abraham believed God, and it was counted unto him for righteousness. [4] Now to him that worketh is the reward not reckoned of grace, but of debt. [5] But to him that worketh not, but believeth on him that justifieth the ungodly, his faith is counted for righteousness. [6] Even as David also describeth the blessedness of the man, unto whom God imputeth righteousness without works, [7] Saying, Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. [8] Blessed is the man to whom the Lord will not impute sin. [3] Incline your ear, and come unto me: hear, and your soul shall live; and I will make an everlasting covenant with you, even the sure mercies of David. [4] Behold, I have given him for a witness to the people, a leader and commander to the people. [5] Behold, thou shalt call a nation that thou knowest not, and nations that knew not thee shall run unto thee because of the Lord thy God, and for the Holy One of Israel; for he hath glorified thee.

DANIEL’S VISION OF 9:22-24, AND ITS PROPHECIES, WOULD BE COMPLETED AS THE 490 YEARS ENDED.

Daniel 12:1-4,8-10 + Revelation 11:15,18 + 16:16,17

[1] And at that time shall Michael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book. [2] And many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and some to shame and everlasting contempt. [3] And they that be wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever. [4] But thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end: many shall run to and fro, and knowledge shall be increased. [8] And I heard, but I understood not: then said I, O my Lord, what shall be the end of these things? [9] And he said, Go thy way, Daniel: for the words are closed up and sealed till the time of the end. [10] Many shall be purified, and made white, and tried; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand. [15] And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever. [18] And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth. [16] And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon. [17] And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.

THE MOST HOLY ONE’S ANOINTING WOULD END THE PERIOD OF 490 YEARS.

Ezekiel 39:7,8

[7] So will I make my holy name known in the midst of my people Israel; and I will not let them pollute my holy name any more: and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord, the Holy One in Israel. [8] Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord God; this is the day whereof I have spoken. [28] Then shall they know that I am the Lord their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: but I have gathered them unto their own land, and have left none of them any more there. [29] Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord God.

AND THIS IS THE ANOINTING OF THE HOLY OF HOLIES BY THE MOST HOLY ANOINTED ONE, JESUS CHRIST.

Ezekiel 43:1-7

[1] Afterward he brought me to the gate, even the gate that looketh toward the east: [2] And, behold, the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east: and his voice was like a noise of many waters: and the earth shined with his glory. [3] And it was according to the appearance of the vision which I saw, even according to the vision that I saw when I came to destroy the city: and the visions were like the vision that I saw by the river Chebar; and I fell upon my face. [4] And the glory of the Lord came into the house by the way of the gate whose prospect is toward the east. [5] So the spirit took me up, and brought me into the inner court; and, behold, the glory of the Lord filled the house. [6] And I heard him speaking unto me out of the house; and the man stood by me. [7] And he said unto me, Son of man, the place of my throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever, and my holy name, shall the house of Israel no more defile, neither they, nor their kings, by their whoredom, nor by the carcases of their kings in their high places.
 
Zechariah 12:2
 
[2] Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about, when they shall be in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem.
 
Zechariah 13:8,9
[8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God.
 
Revelation 12:6

[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

Please forgive me for constantly referring back to previous prophecy updates, but I do this to assure you that, in spite of the every increasing conflict, the Middle East is actually heading toward a false peace.  In Prophecy Update Number 1, our first of 2001, I stated:

“Eventually there will be some form of peace between Israel and the Palestinians.  It may be a ‘forced peace,’ but the end result will be an enclosed Palestinian State within the borders of the nation of Israel.  This will create an impossible situation for Israel.  There is no worse military position than to have an enemy within while being attacked from without.  I believe that, by the time the year 2003 rolls around, there will have been numerous meetings behind closed doors between the leaders of Iran, Syria, Iraq, Palestine, Libya, Sudan, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Afghanistan, and Lebanon.  I believe these meetings will eventually result in a consolidated plan to lure Israel into a false sense of security.”

Since this was issued, more than a year ago, an ever increasing number of these meetings have been occurring between these nations, particularly between Lebanon, Syria, Iran, and Iraq.  These four are growing closer together in commerce, finance, military purpose, forgetting old grievances and recent wars, and in the common objective of driving Israel out of the land from Dan to Beersheva, which is the Biblical definition of Israel.

As the terrorist attacks and the Israeli responses have increased during the last seventeen months, it has caused many to believe that there can ever be peace in the Middle East.  However, the very fact that the conflict is increasing is the reason I believe a false peace will soon come to the area.  The Bible indicates that a false peace MUST come before the Tribulation Period begins, a period which will culminate in the final battle of Armageddon.

 I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.
 
Ezekiel 38:10,11,14

[10] Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: [11] And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates, [14] Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it?

Something must give in the present increase of fighting.  Either a “forced peace” will be implemented involuntarily upon the Palestinians, or the countries employing the terrorists will call them off so that Israel can be lulled into a false sense of security.  In this case there would be a negotiated false peace.  The more intense the present fighting becomes, the quicker the false peace will arrive.  Neither the Palestinians nor the Islamic countries want to see a forced peace.  Nor do they want to see the Israelis push the Palestinians out of Gaza and the West Bank.  They have no desire to have them in their home countries.  And, in the event of an all out Jihad, they want to have the Palestinians as Israel’s enemy within, cooperating with Islam as they attack from without.

During the past two months especially, the political and military contacts between Syria, Iraq, Iran, and Lebanon have increased significantly at all levels.  I believe these meetings are the prelude to the planning of a future all out Jihad, which I believe will occur before 2008.  WATCH the terrorist groups!  When they cease their activities, then a negotiated peace will occur.

The present threat of U.S. attacks against the Islamic nations sponsoring terrorist groups, the possibility of a forced peace upon the Palestinians or their being driven back into Islamic countries, and the international seeking out of the terrorist groups Islam sponsors, is leading the Islamic nations to realize they must do something to eliminate these problems.  The answer is to temporarily call off all their terrorist cells until Israel can be led into a false peace mind set.  The Israelis, on the other hand, are weary and sick of the whole mess, and are likely to give back most of the Gaza and West Bank if the Islamic nations will recognize her right to the pre-1967 borders as her own.  I do not believe Israel will completely surrender her control over the Old City of Jerusalem and the Temple Mount, but I do believe she will have some sort of joint control with the Palestinians, and will allow the Palestinians to have the area east and southeast of the Temple Mount and the Old City of David to plant her capitol building.

There are four factions that determine when the prophesied false peace will come to the Middle East, but God is the one who will put into their minds the thoughts that will bring it to pass.  The four factions are:

Israel

The Palestinians

The terrorist groups

The Islamic countries that support them financially, and with their weapons of war.

Israel must come to the point of frustration with the status quo that she will give back most of Gaza and the West Bank.

The Palestinian leaders are like pawns in the hands of their Islamic nation counterparts.  They will agree to what Syria, Iraq, and Iran dictate.

The terrorist groups must accept the proposal of a temporary ceasing of activities until Israel can be set up for a surprise Jihad, which is what their sponsoring nations will assure is in the making.

The sponsoring terrorist countries must convince the terrorist groups that Israel can only be driven out of the land from Dan to Beersheva by a surprise lightning Jihad after a brief period of peace. 

Seventy Weeks of Years

We exposited on Daniel 9:24 in Prophecy Update Number 55, establishing how Daniel had learned, from Jeremiah’s writings, that seventy weeks of years were determined upon the people of Israel and their holy city Jerusalem.  Under Daniel’s formula for the period, each one of Jeremiah’s seventy years was equal to seven years, and he identified each seven year period as one week of years.  So 7 X 70 = 490 years or 70 weeks of years.  In verse 25 he gives us a starting point for his prophetic clock to begin ticking toward a countdown of 490 years or 70 weeks of years.

Daniel 9:25

[25] Know therefore and understand, that FROM the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem UNTO the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.

The time clock would start ticking when “the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem” was issued.  However, there were four different proclamations issued by three Persian kings:

The Decree of Cyrus in 536 B.C.

The Decree of Darius Hystaspes in 519 B.C.

The first Decree of Artaxerxes Longimanus in 457 B.C.

The second Decree of Artaxerxes Longimanus in 445 B.C.

The Scripture indicated that FROM the time the commandment (decree) was issued UNTIL the Messiah the Prince arrived, would be 69 weeks of years or 483 years (7 weeks + 62 weeks = 69 weeks of years)  ( 7 X 69 = 483 years)

Now, some problems arise in historical dates, prophetic years or calendar years, corrections to the Gentile calendars by Rome, and deciding which is the correct decree of the four issued!

Was Daniel indicating solar years of 365.25 or prophetic lunar years of 360 days?  Most likely he meant years of 360 days.

Which one of the four decrees was the one that Daniel indicated in his prophecy?  The decree of Cyrus in 536 B.C. was limited to the building of the Temple.  The decree of Darius Hystaspes was also limited to the building of the Temple.  The first decree of Artaxerxes Longimanus in 457 B.C. demonstrated a larger range of granting authority to carry out all that needed to be done, much more than the two decrees before it.  His second decree in 445 B.C. is also very specific in its instruction and authority to rebuild Jerusalem.  So, we are able, because of the lack of reference “to restore and to build Jerusalem” in the first two decrees, to say that it must be one of the two issued by Artaxerxes Longimanus in 457 B. C. and 445 B.C.

If Daniel’s prophecy is based on our present calendar year, which I doubt, then FROM the time Artaxerxes first decree was issued in 457 B.C. until the baptism of Jesus the Messiah in 27 A.D., would be 483 years or 69 weeks.  This was the viewpoint held by the great Baptist Bible expositor B.H. Carroll in the late eighteen hundreds and early nineteen hundreds.  But Dr. Carroll makes this statement in his writings on Daniel, when dealing with prophetic years of 360 days: “”Hengstenberg, on the other hand, while agreeing with the second decree of 445 B.C., controverts the theory of a year of 360 days, and contests the date usually accepted (445 B.C.).  By an elaborate historical argument of great plausibility he seeks to prove that the 20th year of Artaxerxes Longimanus falls upon the date 455 B.C., and then by adding 483 years he reaches His acknowledgment by the Father at his baptism as the true coming of Messiah the Prince.”  Sir Robert Anderson has two books on Daniel, “The Coming Prince” and “Daniel in the Critic’s Den.”  He uses the usually accepted debt of 445 B.C. and articulates a strong time sequence to prove his conclusions.

Now, please allow me to state my conclusions.  I was taught certain things about Daniel 9:24-27 by many old preachers who are now at home with the Lord.  Many of them were born in the 19th century and lived into the thirties, forties, and fifties of the 20th.  In northern Arkansas where I was raised, these old fellows read after the leading Baptist theologians of their day from books they had procured from old book stores or the libraries of older preachers when they died.  Some of these books were written in the late 18th and early 19th century, and they finally just worn out and fell apart from constant use.  They didn’t have any way to go to a seminary, but they were diligent in getting the works of Baptists who did.  These are the men who first taught me prophecy before I graduated from seminaries, colleges, and universities.  In the weeks to come, Lord willing, I am going to pass on to you what they taught me, and you may be surprised.  Now, in all honesty, before God and man, I believe it was 483 years FROM the decree UNTO the baptism of Jesus, when he began His earthly ministry.  I accept it by faith in God’s word.

My main reason for writing such a lengthy discourse was to show how difficult it is to absolutely fix the precise date the proclamation was issued to which Daniel referred.  BUT I AM DELIGHTED TO TELL YOU THAT WHAT IS REALLY IMPORTANT CAN BE PROVEN BY A SINGLE WORD, THE WORD “AFTER” IN DANIEL 9:26A.

Daniel 9:25,26A

[25]Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. [26] And AFTER threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself:  (The 7 weeks is understood in Hebrew literary style to also be added to the 62 in verse 26 so as to avoid redundancy in a flowing chronological sequence of events, i.e. AFTER 69 weeks.  Otherwise, Messiah would have been cut off before he was born.)

The Hebrew word used for AFTER is ACHAR, which means, in context, AFTERWARD.  This same word ACHAR is used in the following Scriptures.

Jeremiah 31:33

[33] But this shall be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; AFTER those days, saith the Lord, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts; and will be their God, and they shall be my people.

Joel 2:28

[28] And it shall come to pass AFTERWARD, that I will pour out my spirit upon all flesh; and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, your young men shall see visions:

Hosea 3:5

[5] AFTERWARD shall the children of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David their king; and shall fear the Lord and his goodness in the latter days.

Hosea 6:2

[2] AFTER two days will he revive us: in the third day he will raise us up, and we shall live in his sight.

The significance of the placement of AFTER in Daniel 9:26A cannot be overemphasized.  Why?  Because it definitely states that Messiah would not be cut off to end the 69th week, but would be crucified AFTER it, at some time in the 70th week.  The clock of Daniel stopped ticking at some time in the final 70th week.  So when was Jesus cut off by crucifixion in the 70th week?  The answer is of the utmost importance.  I know we have less than seven years once the clock starts to tick again, but how much less do we have?  It has to be less than 2520 days, but more than 1260 days?  We will proceed into verses 26 and 27 in Prophecy Update Number 57 next week to find the answers to these questions, Lord willing.

 
#56A:  
The latest peace initiative has come from a most unexpected source – Saudi Arabia.  And, oddly enough, it seems to be drawing a lot of attention from all who are both directly and indirectly involved in the current deadly Middle East conflict.  It may well represent the vessel that will eventually bring a brief end to the seventeen month Palestinian uprising – a conflict that has taken the lives of more than 1200 people, most of them Palestinian.
 
Saudi Crown Prince Abdullah bin Abdul Aziz has put forth a proposal in which the Arab world would normalize ties with Israel in exchange for an Israeli withdrawal from occupied Arab lands.  It was even more interesting that in a second interview with Saudi officials, they indicated they might accept Israel controlling portions of Old Jerusalem and the Temple Mount complex, and perhaps even small portions of the West Bank.   So, basically, Saudi Arabia would be prepared to grant full diplomatic relations, normalize trade, and guarantee the security of Israel, if the Israelis agree to withdraw from the Arab territories they occupied during the 1967 war.
 
A group of leading Palestinian and Israeli moderates, seeking a peaceful solution to Middle East tensions, met in Moscow on February 25th to begin discussions on Russia’s role in mediation efforts.  This group intends to discuss with Russia the new plan now being offered by Saudi Arabia.
 
The Saudi proposal has also been backed by Palestinian leader Yassar Arafat, and by most of the twenty-two member Arab League, with the exceptions of Syria and Iraq.  It has also been recognized by the European Union.  Israeli President Katsav has offered to visit the Saudi Crown Prince in Arabia, or to receive the Prince in Jerusalem to discuss the plan.
 
Jordan’s King Abdullah II is expected to travel to Egypt for talks with President Hosni Mubarak on the Middle East.  This announcement came amid the growing support for the Saudi peace initiative, which would normalize ties with the Jewish State after fifty-four years of refusal to do so, that is, provided Israel withdraws to the pre-1967 borders.   Jordan currently holds the rotating presidency of the Arab League, and is the only country, apart from Egypt, to have a peace treaty with Israel.
 
The Scriptures teach that a false peace MUST come to Israel before a vicious surprise blitzkrieg Jihad is launched against her from the north – of that I am certain.  Whether or not this Saudi peace plan, which is one of many that have come and gone, will be the vehicle by which the false peace will eventually be made, I cannot say.  But I will say it is certainly worthwhile to watch what happens with it during March.  How it will fare in the Arab League meeting as to who will accept it and who will not, whether it is formally or informally presented, and whether European Union and United States approval grows or decays, will be very interesting.  This year could be the most significant in end time prophecy up to this time.
 
This update material, from which its conclusions were drawn, was extracted from daily newspapers in Israel, Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, Iran, Saudi Arabia, Jordan, Egypt, Libya, and Algeria.
 
WATCH THE TERRORIST GROUPS!  If you see them cease their activities in Israel, then you can know that behind the scenes planning between them and their sponsoring nations has occurred, and that part of this planning will include preparation for a post-peace surprise Jihad.

Kingdom of God

Daniel 9:24-27

[24] Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy. [25] Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. [26] And AFTER Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined. [27] And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate. threescore and two weeks shall

The SUBJECT of this entire discourse in Daniel is not “the people of the prince that shall come,” nor is it “the prince that shall come.”  They are both subordinate to the subject.  The contextual subject of these four verses can only be the messiah the prince, who is jesus, the anointed holy one, the Christ of the living god.

Prior to the Evangelical Movement of the mid 19th century, the most widely held belief among the Baptists was that the three personal pronouns signified by he in Daniel 9:27 referred not to the sub-topical prince in 9:26, but rather to the main topical subject of each verse, that is, the Jewish Messiah who was to come.  We were advised in verses 25 & 26 that, AFTER 69 weeks of years (483 years), that is, DURING the final 70th week of seven years, the messiah would be cut off (crucified). 

Please allow me to exposit these verses as they were exposited by most mainstream Baptist teachers up to the mid-19th century.

Daniel 9:25,26

[25] Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. [26] And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.

It was generally accepted that Jesus began the confirmation of the Abrahamic covenant by offering the Davidic Kingdom promise to the nation of Israel.  He began to offer it to them after his baptism by John.  His baptism marked the beginning of the 70th week.  We know that his offering of the Kingdom lasted more than three years, but less than three and one-half.  So he was cut off (crucified) in the MIDST of the final 70th week.  In reality, we are not waiting for the 70th week to begin, we are actually waiting for the later part of it to be fulfilled.  Let’s take it verse by verse, phrase by phrase.

Daniel 9:25,26

[26] Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. [26] And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.

Jesus arrives as Messiah the Prince, and is baptized by John  483 prophetic years after one of the decrees of Artaxerxes Longimanus. His Father’s approval at his baptism marks the beginning of his ministry of three plus years.

Matthew 3:16,17

[16] And Jesus, when he was baptized, went up straightway out of the water: and, lo, the heavens were opened unto him, and he saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting upon him: [17] And lo a voice from heaven, saying, This is my beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased.

John was preaching that the Messiah was coming to bring in the Kingdom of David, which would confirm the Abrahamic seed covenant. Then Jesus came to him, and John identified him as the Messiah. Then, when John was imprisoned by Herod, Jesus began to preach the same message of the Davidic Kingdom.

John 1:32,35,36

[32] And John bare record, saying, I saw the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove, and it abode upon him. [35] Again the next day after John stood, and two of his disciples; [36] And looking upon Jesus as he walked, he saith, Behold the Lamb of God!

Matthew 3:1,2

[1] In those days came John the Baptist, preaching in the wilderness of Judaea, [2] And saying, Repent ye: for the kingdom of heaven is at hand.

Mark 1:14,15

[14] Now after that John was put in prison, Jesus came into Galilee, preaching the gospel of the kingdom of God, [15] And saying, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand: repent ye, and believe the gospel.

Christ came to fulfill the Davidic Covenant as the Son of David and the seed of Abraham through the virgin Mary, the daughter of Heli.  Mary had a double lineage from David through the man Zerubbabel, whose lineage on both sides was from David.

Genesis 15:18 + 22:17,18 + Galatians 3:16

[15] In the same day the Lord made a covenant with Abram, saying, Unto thy seed have I given this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates: [17] That in blessing I will bless thee, and in multiplying I will multiply thy seed as the stars of the heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea shore; and thy seed shall possess the gate of his enemies; [18] And in thy seed shall all the nations of the earth be blessed; because thou hast obeyed my voice. [16] Now to Abraham and his seed were the promises made. He saith not, And to seeds, as of many; but as of one, And to thy seed, which is Christ.

Then the covenant was expanded through God’s mercies to David to all the nations.  The covenant of Daniel 9:27 was first confirmed, and then fulfilled by Jesus Christ, the Messiah.  It is the kingdom covenant found two chapters before 9:27.

Daniel 7:13,14

[13] I saw in the night visions, and, behold, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to the Ancient of days, and they brought him near before him. [14] And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages, should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion, which shall not pass away, and his kingdom that which shall not be destroyed.

The Davidic Covenant of the Kingdom!

II Samuel 23:1-5 + Psalm 89:2-5,27-29 + Romans 4:6-8

[1] Now these be the last words of David. David the son of Jesse said, and the man who was raised up on high, the anointed of the God of Jacob, and the sweet psalmist of Israel, said, [2] The Spirit of the Lord spake by me, and his word was in my tongue. [3] The God of Israel said, the Rock of Israel spake to me, He that ruleth over men must be just, ruling in the fear of God. [4] And he shall be as the light of the morning, when the sun riseth, even a morning without clouds; as the tender grass springing out of the earth by clear shining after rain. [5] Although my house be not so with God; yet he hath made with me an EVERLASTING COVENANT, ordered in all things, and sure: for this is all my salvation, and all my desire, although he make it not to grow. [2] For I have said, Mercy shall be built up for ever: thy faithfulness shalt thou establish in the very heavens. [3] I have made A COVENANT with my chosen, I have sworn unto David my servant, [4] Thy seed will I establish for ever, and build up thy throne to all generations. Selah. [5] And the heavens shall praise thy wonders, O Lord: thy faithfulness also in the congregation of the saints. [27] Also I will make him my firstborn, higher than the kings of the earth. [28] My mercy will I keep for him for evermore, and MY COVENANT shall stand fast with him. [29] His seed also will I make to endure for ever, and his throne as the days of heaven. [6] Even as David also describeth the blessedness of the man, unto whom God imputeth righteousness without works, [7] Saying, Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. [8] Blessed is the man to whom the Lord will not impute sin.

Malachi 3:1,2

[1] Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me: and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to his temple, even the messenger of THE COVENANT, whom ye delight in: behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of hosts. [2] But who may abide the day of his coming? and who shall stand when he appeareth? for he is like a refiner's fire, and like fullers' sope:

John was the messenger of the Messiah, and Jesus was the Messiah, the messenger of  THE COVENANT.

And this is THE COVENANT Jesus confirmed for seven years, but was cut off in the MIDST of the seven years, between the third and fourth year.

Daniel 9:27

[27] And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.

Jesus completed more than three years into the fourth week, and was crucified to complete the sacrifice of sinless blood and flesh for the sins of all who will receive him.  His final cleansing of the temple in righteous indignation against a nation that had turned His Father’s house into a house of merchandise, rather than a holy house of prayer, was the final overspreading of abominations that made it spiritually desolate toward God.  He then abruptly ceased to honor their sacrifices and oblations until the consummation of this age, at which time those desolate of God’s Spirit, because of unbelief, will experience a time of trouble like man has never known.

Matthew 23:37-39

[37] O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! [38] Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. [39] For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.

Matthew 24:21,22

[21] For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. [22] And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened.

Daniel 9:26

[26] And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.

Jesus was cut off (crucified) for the sins of others because he possessed none of his own.   As predicted in Luke 21:24, Titus, a Roman Prince, showed up 40 years later with his army and destroyed the city and the sanctuary.  In the final attack his troops came in like a raging flood, overrunning and setting fire to the Temple Mount.  The war raged on for almost three years after that, and many desolations were carried out by the army of Titus. They are recorded in the writings of Josephus, the Jewish historian.  It may well make you sick at your stomach to hear the grisly desolation details. The final battle was for Masada, where the encircled Jews committed suicide rather than be carried into slavery.

Luke 21:24

[24] And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away captive into all nations: and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.

Daniel 9:27

[27] And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.

The early church fathers, followed later by noted theologians such as Theodotion, Havernick, Hengstenberg, Barnes, and B.H. Carroll, held that the three personal pronouns (he) in Daniel 9:27 referred not to the prince of verse 26, but to the subject of all the verses, that is, “the most Holy” (v.24), “Messiah the Prince” (v.25), and “Messiah” (v.26), who is Jesus Christ, the Messiah the Prince.  

As you have observed, I do not believe we have a full week of years left in Daniel’s final 70th week.  So how much time do we have left when Daniel’s clock starts ticking again?  And if the signing of the coming peace agreement between the Palestinians and Israelis isn’t what starts it ticking, then what does?  I will attempt to answer these questions in Prophecy Update Number 58 next week, Lord willing.
 
#57A: 

I have identified, on a number of occasions, the Islamic nations that will eventually attack Israel from the north in a vicious, lightning Jihad, naming a grouping from which they are likely to be drawn.  Three nations who won’t join in this initial attack against Israel, have been moving into their biblically predicted positions since the Yom Kipper War of 1973 – First Egypt, then Jordan, and now Saudi Arabia.

In Prophecy Update Number 11, issued early in 2001, I indicated the growing mistrust of Egypt, Jordan, and Saudi Arabia by their fellow Islamic nations.  I continually indicated that their brother Arab countries would not let these three be privy to the behind the scenes secret meetings between the terrorists and their sponsoring Islamic nations, at which plans are developed for the surprise Jihad, which would be launched after a brief period of false peace.  In last years Prophecy Update Number 32, I went into detail to make a scriptural case as to why Saudi Arabia would not join the confederation of Arab nations that eventually drive Israel into the Negev.  Again, in last years Prophecy Update Number 46 I presented a scriptural case to show why Jordan would not join the Islamic federation in their southward plunge.  And, finally, in Prophecy Update Number 50 I presented a scriptural case to prove that Egypt would not be among those that come against Israel in the initial Jihad.

There is still a ways to go before the Biblical false peace comes to Israel, and intense fighting between the Israelis and terrorist groups will continue for awhile, but several factors are presently working in the Middle East that may well allow the Saudi peace proposal of Prophecy Update Number 56A, after concessions on both sides, to bring a false peace to the Middle East.   

There is a growing fear among all the Islamic nations that an all out war will develop between the Palestinians and the Israelis.

They know that the Israelis will make mince meat out of the PA, and then drive them completely out of the West Bank and Gaza.

They also know, after the experiences of three previous wars with Israel, not to get directly involved in the present conflict, particularly with Israel’s big brother, the U.S., on a terror hunting posse, and looking for an opportunity to be justified in the United Nations for blasting them.

And now, the real reason for the Saudi Arabian proposal for peace – They, like all the other Islamic nations, don’t like the Palestinians any more that the Israelis, and they sure don’t want to have them flooding into their countries after they are driven out of the West Bank and Gaza.  They have no desire to become welfare agencies for the troublesome sort of people the Palestinians have shown themselves to be in other countries.

There is a constant threat of more and more of their vast complex of terrorists and associated activities being exposed by the U.S. war on terrorism.

Ariel Sharon is making hay while the sun shines.  I have great admiration for him and for Benjamin Netanyahu.  They have a true picture of the reality of the situation. Sharon has been taking advantage of the U.S. abrupt awaking to terrorism to do a little rat killing on his own.  He has been penetrating into many of the terrorist cities I identified as weapon storage zones in my earliest updates in 2001, which may be found in our archives at the top of this Update.  His objective is to kill or capture as many of the terrorist leaders as possible, and to destroy as many weapon storage zones as he can locate. 

Sharon’s actions are getting the attention of the terrorist groups and their sponsoring nations.  The terrorist war of the U.S. is affecting both the terrorists and the nations that sponsor them.

The terrorist and their sponsoring nations are beginning to see that their objective to drive Israel into the Mediterranean Sea, through terrorism and three wars, has not met with success under the 54 year status quo.  And, for the first time, the status quo is becoming a really severe problem for their economies.  I believe they are about to change the status quo, after much consternation and wrangling, to ride toward the same objective on a different horse – The Saudi peace proposal. 

A false peace, according to the scriptures, MUST come to Israel before the attack from the north.  Of that I am certain!  The initial attack will be by Islamic nations.  Of that I am certain!  Jerusalem will fall, two-thirds of the Israelis will perish in the conflict, and one-third will be driven into the Negev. Of that I am certain! I have previously given the Scriptures that support this in our archives at the top of this update.  But I am not certain that the Saudi peace proposal is the one that will bring in the false peace.  I think it may well be the vessel for peace, but so many others have gone down the drain in the past, that I am certainly not going to stick out my neck on it.  However, I am certainly going to be watching the Arab Summit Meeting this month to see how individual nations react to it, and how it fares overall. 

WATCH THE TERRORIST GROUPS!  When they cease their activities then it will have been as a result of directives from the nations that sponsor them.  Then the lulling of Israel into a false sense of security will begin that leads to a false peace.
 

Messiah the Prince

Daniel 9:24-27

[24] Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy. [25] Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. [26] And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined. [27] And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.

In Prophecy Update Numbers 55, 56, and 57 I made a case to prove we do not have a full week of seven prophetic years (360 days per year) left to be fulfilled in Daniel’s 70 weeks of years.  The personal pronoun “he,” which appears three times in 9:27, does not refer to the topic subordinate “prince that shall come” in verse 26, but to topic dominate “Messiah” in the same verse.  The topic dominate of the entire discourse is the Christ, the One Anointed of God to be King of Israel.  Christ is “the most Holy” in verse 24, “the Messiah the Prince” in verse 25, “the Messiah” in verse 26, and the triple “he” in verse 27.  Messiah is the topical, contextual, figure of this entire discourse, not a coming antichrist from Rome or Europe.  In fact, some forty years after Messiah was cut off, this scripture was fulfilled when Titus, the Roman prince, came down and destroyed Jerusalem and the Temple with a flood of troops, and desolations continued until the final battle of that war was fought at Masada.

The early church fathers, followed later by noted theologians such as Theodotion, Havernick, Hengstenberg, Barnes, and the revered Baptist theologian B. H. Carroll, held that the three personal pronouns (he) in Daniel 9:27 referred not to the prince of verse 26, but to the subject of all four verses, that being:  “the most Holy” (v.24), “Messiah the Prince” (v.25), and “Messiah” (v.26), who is Jesus Christ, the Messiah the Prince.

The various figures shown at the end of this prophecy update will help you to better understand the narrative discourse that is to follow.

We know that Jesus, from his baptism, had a ministry of more than three prophetic years (1080 days), but that it fell short of three and one-half prophetic years (1260 days).  He was “cut off” at some point in the midst of the seven prophetic years, that is, in the “midst of the fourth year.  We know that Christ’s first Passover after his baptism is found in John 2:13, his second in John 5:1, his third in John 6:4, and his fourth in John 13:1.  So that accounts for three prophetic years totaling 1080 days.  Now, let’s look back at the time that expired from his baptism to his first Passover.  First, he was tempted for forty days.  After that he called his first disciples ((John 1:35-51), performed his first miracle in Cana (John 2:1-12), had his first stay in Capernaum (John 2:12), and then traveled to his first Passover in Jerusalem (John 2:13).  I contend this probably took 65 days.  And this, when added to the 40 days of temptation, totals 105 days.  And this, added to the 1080 days between the Passovers, gives us 1185 days, which linguistically qualifies as being in the “midst” of Daniel’s 70th week in the fourth year.  So I contend that Jesus Christ, the Messiah the Prince, has already fulfilled the first 1185 days of the last week of Daniel 9:27, and that instead of 2520 days remaining, we only have 1335 days left to be fulfilled.  When Daniel’s clock begins to tick again to finally complete the Age of the Gentiles and Daniel’s 70th week, it will only have to tick for 1335 days.

Daniel’s clock stopped ticking when Christ was crucified.  Christ confirmed the covenant at his baptism, then he set out to fulfill its promises to Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and David in the final 70th week.  But he was cut off (crucified) after finishing 1185 of the final 2520 prophetic days.  At this point the clock stopped when he made the temple spiritually desolate, thereby causing the acceptance of the sacrifice and the oblation to cease being acceptable to God.  And it will continue to be so until the consummation of this age when he returns and, at that time, the spiritually desolate will have his wrath poured upon them.

Daniel 9:27

[27] And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.

Matthew 23:37-39

[37] O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! [38] Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. [39] For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.

It will be helpful to look at the figures on the end of this prophecy update to understand the following narrative.

Once Daniel’s clock begins to tick again it will be as if it never stopped.  It will start to tick when the Israelis believe they have peace and safety.  From the time it begins to tick, until it closes Daniel’s 70th week, with its final tick at the end of the battle of Armageddon, will be 1335 prophetic days.  It will be 1290 days after it starts to tick that the Abomination of Desolation appears on the Temple Mount.  It will be about 75 days after it begins to tick that Israel will be attacked by a confederation of Islamic nations that were once a part of the old Roman Empire.  I believe the seven vials of God’s wrath will be poured out on the earth during the 45 day period that occurs between the 1290th day, when the Abomination of Desolation is set up, and the coming of Christ with the saints on the 1335th day.  The initial attack of the antichrist, 75 days after peace comes, will drive Israel into the wilderness for the remaining 1260 days left in the 1335 days.

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

If these numbers 1260, 1290, and 1335 seem strange, please consider the last three verses in the book of Daniel, where he is told he will be standing in his inheritance when the 70th week closes.

Daniel 12:11-13

[11] And from the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days. [12] Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days. [13] But go thou thy way till the end be: for thou shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at the end of the days.

Romans 11:25-27

[25] For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in. [26] And so all Israel shall be saved: as it is written, There shall come out of Sion the Deliverer, and shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob: [27] For this is my covenant unto them, when I shall take away their sins.

Daniel, along with all the other Old Testament saints of Israel, will return to rule and reign with Christ at the end of the battle of Armageddon, which closes “the end of the days” of the Age of the Gentiles.

Soon you will see Israel flee into the Negev for 1260 days after some 75 days of false peace.  The 1260 prophetic days are found expressed several different ways in the Scripture.  At times it is identified as 42 prophetic months (30 days per month).  It is also referred to as time, times, and half a time, where a time is equal to one prophetic year, times to two prophetic years, and half a time to one-half a prophetic year, making a total of three and one-half prophetic years (360 days per year).

Revelation 12:6

[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

Daniel 7:25

[25] And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.

Security is Safety

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

When one looks at the current geographical structure of what we call Israel today, he or she cannot fail to notice the military significance of the great Palestinian bulge, the West Bank, in Israel’s center, and the importance of the only PA access to a seaport, the narrow strip in the southwest linking the PA to Egypt, called Gaza.  Any graduate of a military academy will tell you that if a nation is attacked from outside her borders, and simultaneously within her borders, it is an impossible situation.  Once the false peace comes to Israel, it will finally be broken by just such a situation, which will cause Israel to be driven southward into the Negev wilderness.

In all of Israel’s endeavors to procure military rest with the Arab nations she has repeatedly, for the last 54 years, made this statement with each new administration: “We must have Peace with Security.”  The basic New Testament word for “Security” is “Safety.”  There is no danger of the battle of Armageddon beginning in the Middle East until this false peace comes to exist between Israel and her bordering nations.

When Ehud Barak played the role of Santa Claus, and offered the unbelievable concessions to Yasar Arafat at Camp David, why did Arafat not accept them?  There is one major overriding reason: Arafat knew he could not control Hamas, Hizbullah. and the Islamic Jihad terrorist groups.  In fact, he probably knew he could not control some factions with his own terrorist group Fatah.  Had he accepted Ehud Barak’s most generous land concessions, he knew that immediately after he signed the agreement, the terrorist groups would wreck havoc in Israel, and he would look like a helpless fool.

The long and short of peace in the Middle East is totally dependant upon Libya, Sudan, Lebanon, Syria, Iraq, and Iran calling off the terrorist groups they sponsor long enough for Israel to think true peace is a reality.  The terrorist groups, their sponsoring nations, and the Palestinian leaders MUST work together to bring this false “Peace and Safety” to the Middle East.  I suspect this will be one of the main topics discussed secretly, behind closed doors, at the Arab Conference to be held the latter part of this month.

Why has there been intrusion after intrusion into autonomous PA cities and camps by the IDF during the last few months?  It has, of course, been in retribution for the numerous human bomb episodes within Israel that have taken many Israeli lives.  However, it has also given Ariel Sharon the justification to accomplish an important military objective before he begins to negotiate a final peace arrangement with the Palestinians.  He knew full well that the existence of a West Bank “bulge” PA nation in the midst of Israel, filled with terrorist groups, was a completely untenable situation.  So, before he holds any peace negotiations with the Palestinians, or anyone else, he is working diligently to destroy the terrorist infrastructure within PA autonomous territory, and its capacity to produce weapons internally.  Even if Israel is able to completely surround a newly created Palestinians nation by maintaining the western shore of the Jordan River, the existence of active terrorist groups within the new nation is completely unacceptable.  The only way any Palestinian leader could control the terrorist groups, according to Israel’s mode of thinking, is for Israel to purposely eliminate, or greatly weaken them, before the false peace.  However, in all reality, the only ones who can control them are the countries that supply them with money, weapons, and martyrs.

The only good thing about the current events in the Middle East is this:  It clearly advises us that the coming of the Lord is at our doors.  Once the peace comes, then we can rest assured that our redemption is drawing nigh.  Once the false peace is in place, a       brief period of time will pass.  Then, to the surprise of Israel, and most of the world, she will be attacked internally from within by the Palestinians, and externally from the north by Lebanon, Syria, Iraq, and Iran, with several other Islamic nations directly assisting in the operation.  I do not believe Egypt, Jordan, and Saudi Arabia will be among the nations that initially attack Israel.

Besieged by their Enemies

There are some areas of prophecy we can be sure we have the right interpretation.  But even in these areas we are usually left with one major difficulty: WHEN!  We are certain Israel and Jerusalem will be besieged by their enemies, but WHEN?

Zechariah 12:2

[2] Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about, when they shall be in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem.

We also know that Jerusalem will fall to her enemies, but that Israel will not be cut off from it forever, for a remnant will one day return, but WHEN?

Zechariah 14:1,2

[1] Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. [2] For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.

We also know that only one-third of Israel’s Jewish population will make it to a place of safety when attacked by her enemies, and that the rest will perish, but WHEN?

Zechariah 13:8

[8] And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein.

We also know that the surviving third will flee to a location of safety prepared by God and called “the wilderness,” where they will survive the final 1260 days of the Tribulation Period, but WHEN?

Revelation 12:6

[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

We also know that God will bring this remnant through these 3 and ½ prophetic years, and then dwell among them in His 1000 year reign on this earth, but WHEN?   

Zechariah 13:9

[9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God.

We also know that when the remnant calls on His name in the wilderness, God will hear and begin to fight for them toward the end of the Tribulation Period, but WHEN?

Zechariah 14:3 + 12:3

[3] Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle. [3] And in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all people: all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it.

We also know that God wins the battle of Armageddon, that the destruction ceases, that Jerusalem is restored, and what happens to those who fought against Jerusalem, but WHEN?

Zechariah 14:11,12

[11] And men shall dwell in it, and there shall be no more utter destruction; but Jerusalem shall be safely inhabited. [12] And this shall be the plague wherewith the Lord will smite all the people that have fought against Jerusalem; Their flesh shall consume away while they stand upon their feet, and their eyes shall consume away in their holes, and their tongue shall consume away in their mouth.

I would say that the most important thing we know is this:  None of the things we have thus far described will begin to take place until a false peace comes to the Middle East.  It will be followed by the sudden destruction events afore outlined.  But WHEN will the false peace come?  In our first Prophecy Update Number 1 of 2001, I stated: “Eventually there will be some form of peace between the Palestinians and Israel.  It may be a ‘forced’ peace, but the end result will be an enclosed Palestinian State within the borders of Israel.  This will create an impossible situation for Israel.  There is no worse military position that to have an enemy within while being attacked from without.  I believe it is quite likely that, by the time the year 2003 rolls around, there will have been numerous meetings behind closed doors between the leaders of Iran, Syria, Iraq, Palestine, Libya, Sudan, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Lebanon, and Afghanistan.  I believe that these meetings will eventually result in a consolidated plan to lure Israel into a sense of false security.” These meetings have been, are being, and will continue to be held, such that I believe it will lead to a false peace in Israel this year.  Once this false peace is put into place, then the WHEN of all the other prophetic events will fall into place thereafter.

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

I know the “they” refers primarily to Israel.  However, it would also apply to all on the earth in unbelief, but Paul has Israel in mind.   

Romans 10:1 + 11,20,25

[1] Brethren, my heart's desire and prayer to God for Israel is, that they might be saved. [20] Well; because of unbelief they were broken off, and thou standest by faith. Be not highminded, but fear: [25] For I would not, brethren, that ye should be ignorant of this mystery, lest ye should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel, until the fullness of the Gentiles be come in.

All the “WHENS” are tied to when PEACE comes to Israel!

Ezekiel 38:10-14

[10] Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: [11] And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates, [12] To take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land. [13] Sheba, and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish, with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoil? hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey? to carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil? [14] Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it?

He most assuredly will, because he will have led them into a treacherous peace agreement of falsehood and deceit.
  
The Terrorists Groups

PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 61

March 29, 2002

I Thessalonians 5:3,4: [3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.
 
Ezekiel 38:9-11: 9] Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee. [10] Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: [11] And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates,
 
Since I retired from the USAF Branch of the National Security Agency in the D.C. Complex, there are two things I have known concerning Middle East Peace of which I am certain: IT WILL COME!IT WILL NOT COME UNTIL THE TERRORISTS STOP THEIR ACTIVITIES IN ISRAEL LONG ENOUGH FOR ISRAELITES TO BE LULLED INTO A FALSE SENSE OF SAFETY (SECURITY).
 
I have constantly emphasized that the terrorists are the factor that determines WHEN peace comes, not IF it comes.  In all our updates we have stressed this point and long before the terrible event of September 11, 2001, we stated repeatedly: “WATCH THE TERRORISTS.”
The terrorist groups are indeed controlled basically by Libya, Sudan, Iran, Iraq, Syria, and Lebanon (which is controlled by Syria). There are, of course, non-government sponsored groups in all the Islamic countries, notably Egypt and Saudi Arabia, and it was from all terrorist groups that Osama bin Laden drew his disciples.  However, those terrorist groups that affect Israel are sponsored by Syria, Iran, and Iraq, and a false peace will not come to the Middle East until these three call off the Islamic Jihad, Hamas, and Hizbollah (Hisbullah).  Additionally, the Palestinian leadership must gain control of the splinter groups that have broken off their terrorist group Fatah.  One thing must be understood, while I say the aforementioned countries sponsoring the terrorist groups must call them off, it is very important to understand that they do not absolutely control them.  The leaders of the terrorist groups have a mind and will of their own, and while it is true their sponsoring countries do supply them with weapons, finances, and martyrs, they must be convinced that by ceasing their activities long enough for Israel to be lulled into a sense of security by a brief period of false peace, eventually they will be able to slaughter Israelis by the millions in a surprise Jihad.  All this will take time, but I believe the terrorist groups will cease their activities in Israel before the year 2003 begins, and peace negotiations will finally bring the prophesied false peace to Israel. 
 
The 22 nation Arab Conference, which just ended in Beirut, Lebanon, endorsed a Saudi Arabian Peace Plan offering Israel “normal relations” in exchange for withdrawal from the Golan Heights, the West Bank, and the Gaza Strip, along with a “fair solution” for Palestinian refugees return to their home country. In our last Prophecy Update Number 60A, we closed with this remark concerning the then upcoming Arab Conference: “In the Middle East anything can happen, and usually does!  This week is going to be an interesting week.”  And indeed it was!  For out of it all, for the first time, a 22 Arab nation proposal was put into place for peace in the Middle East.  The obvious fragmentation of the Arab nations was made plain at Beirut.  It has always been divided on virtually all issues of a political or geopolitical nature.  The reason that the rulers of Egypt and Jordan did not attend, but rather sent their diplomatic heads, is not the reason they gave for staying home.  Since Lebanon was torn apart by a long civil war, which ended with Syria virtually controlling her, she has very little control over the terrorist groups that operate within her.  In short, her ability to insure security for those whom the terrorist groups hate is pitiful.  This is the underlying reason that Egyptian President Mubarak and Jordan’s King Abdullah II did not attend.  They were afraid of being assassinated by one of the terrorist groups, primarily the Hizbollah.  All the terrorist groups have hated the leaders of Egypt and Jordan since the two countries made peace with the nation of Israel.  At the last minute the Palestinian Chairman, Yasser Arafat, could have attended the conference under a set of restrictions imposed on this travel by Israel, and he cited the restrictions as being the reason he did not attend.  But the real reason he did not attend was that these restrictions simply gave him an excuse.  His underlying reason was the same as indicated for Mubarak and Abdullah II, assassination by Hizbollah.  In 1982, in the well-known “Siege of Beirut,” Arafat pledged to defend the city to the death.  However, as Ariel Sharon drove toward the city, Yasser loaded himself, along with many of his followers, and set sail for a new headquarters in Tunisia.  He left many of the terrorists, and most of the terrorist’s families, in the midst of the Palestinian refugee camp at the mercy of the advancing armies.  Most believe that Ariel Sharon looked the other way while the Christian Lebanese Army  slaughtered the inhabitants of Palestinian Refugee Camps.  Whether he did or did not, I cannot say, but that is not the point.  Most Lebanese believe that he did!  But while they despise Sharon for it, they also hate Arafat for sailing away to safety, which opened the door for the slaughter of his fellow countrymen.  Arafat has not returned to Lebanon since the event.  Why have I included all this information?  Because it makes this point – many Arab leaders fear the terrorists, and they will determine when false peace comes to the Middle East.  I realize that God is in control, and that He alone will determine WHEN!  But I believe that this Saudi Peace proposal is the document around which a process of Arab national reconciliation, which began early in 2001, will continue.  Since it began Syria, Iran, and Iraq, after many long years of struggle and war, have draw closer together.  The Arab uniting, behind the plea that the United States not attack Iraq, is an outcropping of this reconciliation process.  During this week’s Arab Conference, as it closed, the top Iraqi and Saudi delegates entered the hall together in a reconciliatory gesture.  They kissed in front of television cameras to the applause of the other delegates.  Both these countries have been at odds since Iraq invaded Kuwait in 1990, and then threatened to invade Saudi Arabia.  Kuwait and Iraq also indicated reconciliation was in order, and agreed to start exchanging prisoners taken in the Gulf War.
 
There will still be continuing terrorist attacks in Israel, and Israel will continue to retaliate against the Palestinians.  But I believe that before 2003 dawns the terrorist group leaders will see the advantage of a temporary false peace, and will cease their activities in Israel long enough for peace negotiations to bring it in, and then for it to continue long enough to lull Israel into a false sense of security.  I believe the stage is being set for 10 Arab nations, for the sake of driving Israel out of the land, to come together, behind closed doors, in many secret meetings, to eventually fulfill Revelation 17:16,17. 
 
Revelation 17:16,17: [16]  And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire. [17] For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.
 
After the beast has made use of the whore of false religion, by the influence of her false prophet, he will discard her.  Even though she is of a different belief than the antichrist, she will support his cause against Israel, and, for a while, will reap the political and economic benefits associated with backing him.  In the Islamic nations there are thousands of her churches.  In the end the antichrist will have them all burned to the ground.  The beast comes from Syria, but the false prophet comes from a city that met certain qualifications in AD 95 when John wrote the book of Revelation.  The city is identified in the verse following Revelation 17:16,17.
 
Revelation 17:18: [18] And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth.
There was only one city that reigned over the known world in the days of John.  The false prophet will dominate that same city, and the antichrist will dominate the same known world, in the last days of this present age.  Those ingredients for this to be fulfilled in the near future are now coming together in Europe and the Middle East.  Watch the leadership position in “that great city” for a change in the immediate future, and watch  Syria for either the present leadership to grow stronger, or for an abrupt change in it.
 

March 29, 2002

This morning, Friday, March 29, 2002, a tired group of Israelis, after a long night Cabinet Meeting, released a decision concerning their future plans as a result of the recent Passover massacre in Netanya.  What follows is basically what they decided as a future course of action against what they label as Palestinian terrorism in their country.

1.    Mobilization of army reserves to fully meet all the operational requirements of their planned actions against terrorism.

2.    To conduct a wide-ranging operation to destroy the Palestinian terror infrastructure in all its parts and ingredients.

3.    To consider Yasser Arafat as the coalition leader of the terrorist activities against Israel who must, at the present time, be considered an enemy of Israel, and, as such, will be isolated.

Even though this action will cause the carnage in Israel to continue, it will send a strong message to all the Arab nations that it would be much to their advantage to stop the terrorist activity in Israel for a period of time, that is, at least until Israel can be lulled into the security of a false peace.  The status quo is bad news for all the Arab nations, the Palestinians, and Israel.  The boil is coming to a head.  Believe it or not, what seems to be escalating the carnage will actually cause the false peace to come in sooner.

The Arab nations have been stuck with the Palestinian refugees for a long, long time.  They are a financial and political nightmare.  Since they know they cannot defeat Israel, except by a well-coordinated, surprise Jihad type of blitzkrieg attack, they must stand helpless as Israel draws closer and closer to pushing more and more of the Palestinian population back into their territories.  There are more than a million and a half Palestinian refugees in Jordan, some 378 thousand in Lebanon, and about 383 thousand in Syria.  There are more than one million in Israel, and none of the surrounding Arab countries wants to see them pushed across their borders by the IDF.

What we are now seeing, and will continue to see for a while, is the storm that is followed by the calm.  And, in the end, it will have been one of the ingredients that led to a false peace in Israel.  You will continue to see horror in the conflict, sword rattling and constant accusations against Israel by the Palestinians, Islamic nations, and those nations who always seem to be on the side of the Palestinians.  However, in the end, I believe the terrorist sponsoring nations will finally yield to the obvious and call off their groups until a false peace is negotiated.  I believe they will call them off temporarily before 2003 dawns, and meaningful peace negotiations will be under way before the present year ends.

Effective March 31, 2002, our Short Wave Broadcast to the Middle East, northern Africa, western Russia, Europe, the North Atlantic, and the United States will be sent out on a new frequency of 11.730 kHz.  It is broadcast on Sunday from Bangor, Maine at 4:30 a.m. Eastern Standard Time on Station WHRA – World Harvest Radio.  Our program is called “The Remnant of Messiah.”  It may be heard in London at 9:30 a.m. UTC., in Jerusalem at 11:30 a.m., New York at 4:30 a.m., Chicago at 3:30 a.m., Denver at 2:30 a.m., and San Francisco at 1:30 a.m.      
 
O' Daughter of Troops
 
PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 62
WHAT IS THE NATIONALITY OF THE ANTICHRIST?
Part 1
April 5, 2002
We will eventually get around to proving the answer to this question in future parts of this update series, and will keep up with current events by issuing special updates about them as they occur between the parts of this series.
 
We begin this series with a prophecy written more than 700 years before Christ fulfilled it in his final days.
Micah 5:1 [1]  Now gather thyself in troops, O daughter of troops: he hath laid siege against us: they shall smite the judge of Israel with a rod upon the cheek.
“NOW GATHER THYSELF IN TROOPS, O  DAUGHTER OF TROOPS:”
 
There are few cities on this planet that can compare with Israel on the number of times she has been conquered over and over again in history, many times being retaken by those troops once driven out.  Truly,
 
SPECIAL PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 62A
April 7, 2002
Cleaning Out Rat Nests!
When al-Qaeda suicide bombers killed Americans by the thousands last September we entered into the area that was harboring them to destroy an infrastructure that we knew to be responsible for the attacks.
 
When the Hamas, Hizbollah, and Fatah suicide bombers did the same to the Israelis they also entered into the area that was harboring them and have, and are, doing the same, that is, destroying an infrastructure that they know to be responsible for them.
 
I am certainly aware of technological differences in the two operations, but they both have the same objective, that is, to root out, destroy, and/or severely disrupt, the terror networks in the rat nests used to plan future attacks against innocent civilians.  It may seem that our President has been dragging his feet on letting the IDF continue its activities by not issuing harsh warnings to Israel to stop the operation, but that is not the case, and only recently has he strengthened his statements telling Israel to get out of the Palestinian rat holes.  All this was necessary before any type of peace negotiations could possibly hope to produce a workable arrangement.  This plan was formulated some time ago before Ehud Barak took office, and was one of the facets of a “forced peace” arrangement that I outlined in many previous prophecy updates.  Our encounter with the terrorists, and our proper reaction to it, has allowed Ariel Sharon a liberty to do the same, and I  must say, for a valid reason.
 
In previous updates I have constantly mentioned several Palestinian Rat Nest Cities that are surrounded by the Palestinian refugee camps where equipment is produced for terror bombings, and where, in those outlying areas  of numerous limestone caves, many different types of potent munitions are cleverly concealed.  The cities constantly referred to were Ramallah, Qalqilya, Jenin, Tulkarm, and Nablus.  The IDF entered Ramallah on March 29th, Qalkilya on April 1st, Jenin on April 3rd, and Nablus on April 3rd.  Israel must clean out the terrorist rat nests before any meaningful negotiations can be conducted.  This will also speed up the process I have outlined over and over again, that is, the Arab countries that control the terrorists calling them off until Israel is lulled into a false sense of security by a false peace.  The Israeli forces are in a mopping up action even as I am writing this on Saturday night, April 6th.  Soon they will have accomplished their objectives and withdraw from the Palestinian cities, but do not be surprised if they form a ring on roads around them to tightly monitor all traffic that goes in and out, and they might maintain it longer than I suspect if they go on to initiate the “forced peace” plan they have discussed, but never implemented.
 
I told you in Prophecy Update Number 61A that all the horror and carnage would continue for a while, and it has, but I repeat what I have been saying since 2001, that the sponsoring Arab nations would call off the terrorists in 2002, and peace negotiations would begin before the year 2003 dawns.  I am still amazed at the vast number of people worldwide who are afraid the current Middle East carnage in Israel will keep on escalating until it turns into the final battle of Armageddon.  If you must worry about the battle of Armageddon, then do it when you see what finally appears to be peace arrive in the Middle East.  After a brief period of this phony peace, a lightning strike of 10 Islamic nations will tear south through Israel faster than Hitler’s troops shot through the low countries into France at the beginning of WW 2. 
SPECIAL PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 62B
April 8, 2002
Please read Prophecy Update 61A before considering 61B.
What Israel is doing in Palestinian cities and refugee camps had to be accomplished before she could ever believe a peace with security was possible.  If Israel had left the strong infrastructure of terrorist complexes intact within the territory of Palestinian occupation, it would have been a formula for disaster after the negotiations of peace had been completed.  Even when I retired from the NSA in 1971, all branches of the Israeli governmental structures recognized the insanity of attempting to make peace with a state within itself filled with active terrorist units that were protected by a Palestinian police force, which was really a Palestinian army trained to fight Israelis.  The elimination, or severe crippling of this threatening type of infrastructure is now being carried out by the IDF.  This current action is the “forced peace” that I have advised for some two years would be imposed by Israel unless the terrorist groups were eliminated by Yassar Arafat.  You will find descriptions of its characteristics in past Prophecy and Birth Pang Updates.  I have also advised for some 24 years that Arafat could not eliminate the terrorist groups even if he desired to do so.  The Hamas, Hizbollah, and Islamic Jihad have always been more or less under the control of Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, and Iran.  And even Arafat’s terrorist group, Fatah, has splinter groups he could not control.
 
The IDF went into the Palestinian cities and refugee camps on a planned, methodical hunt for weapons, explosives, munitions labs, and known terrorist militants.  Thus far some 1500 of the Palestinians arrested have yielded 500 to 600 fugitives they were seeking, and of those 70 to 80 were involved in planning attacks on Israel.  Additionally, they have confiscated some 2000 rifles and uncovered 15 labs used for making explosives.
 
The Israelis now seem satisfied with their terrorist cleanups in Turkarm and Qalkilya, and should pull out of these cities very soon.  However, I strongly suspect they will follow the original “peace plan” formulated during the administration of Benjamin Netanyahu, in which case they will form a ringed parameter around all the cities they leave at a respectable distance, and closely monitor all traffic going in and out of the areas.  It will probably take a few more days before they are satisfied with their terrorist cleanups in Jenin, Nablus, Ramallah, Bethlehem, and a few others.  But I also suspect that when they do pull out a monitoring parameter ring will also be formed around all cities having been known to harbor terrorists.
 
All this anti-terrorist activity by the IDF against these groups controlled by Islamic countries is making it plain to them that terrorists will never drive Israel into the Mediterranean Sea.  They will soon call them off with the promise of a future Jihad and, believe it or not, either a “forced” or negotiated peace will come in this year.  But when peace finally comes to the Middle East it will not last long, but will be broken by a surprise Jihad from the north after Israel has been lulled into a false sense of security. 
 
I Thessalonians 5:3,4
[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.
 


 

SPECIAL PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 62C

April 10, 2002

Representatives from the United States, the European Union, and Russia are meeting today in Spain to discuss ways to put more pressure on Israel to leave occupied Palestinian cities in the West Bank, but today’s vicious terrorist bombing of an express bus on a major highway to the southeast of Haifa is likely to cause the Israelis to extend their operations longer than they had planned.  It gives them added justification for the continuation of the destruction and disruption of the terrorist infrastructure imbedded in PA cities and refugee camps.  They will pull out eventually, but only when they believe it will produce a “peace with security” for them as a nation.

The IDF entered Ramallah on March 29th, Beit Jala and Qalkilya on April 1st, Tulkarm and Bethlehem on April 2nd, Jenin, Salfit, and Nablus on April 3rd, Hebron on April 4th, Qabatiyah and Yatta on April 6th, and Dura on April 9th.  Israel seems determined to create a situation where they can have security with peace, and they will withdraw from these cities when they believe they have sufficiently limited the terrorist infrastructure to create such a situation.  Every Israel leader, without exception, from the creation of the State of Israel in 1948, has made this statement over and over: “We must have peace with security,” and one can hardly blame them, for a peace without security is no peace.

The operation that Israel is now conducting in the PA cities and refugee camps was formalized during the time of Benjamin Netanyahu’s administration, a man whom I greatly admire and respect.  It was known as a “forced peace.”  I warned about this last year (2001) in Prophecy Update Number 3 as I wrote in the closing paragraph: “Ariel Sharon may try to put a ‘forced peace’ on the Palestinians before the terrorist groups shut down.  This was one of the options considered by his party in the past.  But it will not work.  Watch for a cessation of terrorism.  Then, after a brief period of false peace, look for a vicious surprise from the north out of Syria.”

A “forced peace” will not work to bring TRUE peace to Israel.  It will limit the abilities of the terrorist to carry out their activities.  And this being the case, the countries that sponsor them, primarily Syria, Iran, and Iraq, will call them off to lull Israel into a false sense of security, which will allow a surprise Jihad attack to be a success.  A TRUE peace cannot come to the Middle East until Jesus Christ returns as the Messiah, the Lion of Judah.  So a “forced peace” will only allow Israel to believe she has sufficient security to allow a Palestinian State within her that she can destroy if the need arises.

In I Thessalonians 5, verse 3, the word “safety” in Koine Greek is more akin to the word “security” in the English language, but safety without security is not safety.

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

If you want to see the original “forced peace” plan, look back in our Prophecy Archives at Prophecy Update 26A which we issued last year.  They are putting a modified version of it in place at the present time.  In the end the Palestinians will negotiate because they have little choice other than to do so, and the Israelis will do so because they will feel they can finally have security after the negotiations are completed. 
 

SPECIAL PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 62D

April 10, 2002

Three years before I retired at the National Security Agency, in 1968, there was an Israeli security plan put forward by their Foreign Minister Yigal Allon.  It was drawn up by him, but never put into effect and, for that matter, I do not remember it being put forward as an official proposal.  As I recall, the plan was to completely surround the West Bank with a security buffer zone.  I retired in 1971 and, quite frankly, my memory may not recall the details specifically, but it seems to me that the security buffer zone was to be about three miles deep, except on the side facing the Jordan River, where I think it was to be seven to 10 miles in width.  The Israelis seem to think this would provide them with security from the actions of the Palestinians enclosed within it.  The more I think about it, the more it seems to me this was what was presented as a proposal under the Benjamin Netanyahu administration in a modified version.  And what is now happening in Israel may also be a modified version of the old Allon Security Buffer Zone Plan.  They would first eliminate or cripple the terrorist infrastructure in the cities and refugee camps, then pull back a few miles and establish a security ring around the individual areas, and then finally seal in most of the West Bank with a security buffer zone to give them a feeling of peace and safety from the terrorists within the West Bank.

That may, or may not, be Israel’s final objective, but I will guarantee you this, the Palestinians and all Islamic nations will hate it.  And if anything will cause a false peace to come in, this action will insure it.  A false peace is coming to the Middle East.  It may be a “forced peace” or a negotiated peace, or a combination of both, but it will be a false peace that gives Israel a sense of “Peace and safety,” and it will be broken with the agony and pain that suddenly comes upon a woman before giving birth to a child, and that pain and agony will last for some 1260 days.

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

Revelation 12:6

[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.       
 
Israel's Messiah
 
PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 63
 
WHAT IS THE NATIONALITY OF THE ANTICHRIST?
Part 2
April 12, 2002
Please Read Update 62 Before Reading This Update!
Micah 5:2
[2] But thou, Bethlehem Ephratah, though thou be little among the thousands of Judah, yet out of thee shall he come forth unto me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old, from everlasting.
 
This is one of the most beloved verses in Scripture concerning the birth of Israel’s Messiah, Jesus Christ.  It has been put on display Christmas after Christmas, and preached vividly during that season from millions of pulpits.  By the time it was fulfilled by Christ’s birth in Bethlehem, traditional teachings concerning the Messiah’s birth had replaced God’s account, and it is truly sad that Herod had to ask where he would be born, and perhaps even sadder that the scribes had to look it up.  Some traditional teachings, by the time that Christ arrived, taught that Messiah the Prince would be born of royalty, or perhaps by the wife of the High Priest, or at least of wealthy parents who had great influence.  Traditional teachings had completely departed from those verses found in the 53rd Chapter of Isaiah.  He was not expected to be a suffering servant, but rather a great conqueror that would fight and destroy Israel’s enemies in battle after battle until Israel reigned supreme.  Some traditional teaching suggested he might be born in the great city of Jerusalem.  But when he came only a handful knew who he was, a man child whose Father was God, born of a virgin from the dirty little  town of Nazareth, laying in a manger outside the inn in a cave in the small city of Bethlehem.  Many “traditional” teachings of today will also cause most of the world to receive the man of sin, the antichrist, as the true Christ.
 
He was sent by His Father “to be ruler in Israel,” but Israel rejected him as both judge (Micah 5:1) and ruler, and they were without excuse, for all the prophets from Moses to Malachi had foretold of His “goings forth,” which had been from of old, from everlasting.  His characteristics, His goings forth, His life, His purpose, and His death had been clearly revealed by God’s word before His Living Word arrived in sinless flesh.  The following Scriptures reveal this truth.  Had they studied His word and believed it they could have recognized Him.
 
Deuteronomy 18:18,19
[18] I will raise them up a Prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee, and will put my words in his mouth; and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. [19] And it shall come to pass, that whosoever will not hearken unto my words which he shall speak in my name, I will require it of him.
 
Isaiah 53:6
[6] All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned every one to his own way; and the Lord hath laid on him the iniquity of us all.
 
Malachi 3:1
[1] Behold, I will send my messenger, and he shall prepare the way before me: and the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to his temple, even the messenger of the covenant, whom ye delight in: behold, he shall come, saith the Lord of hosts.
 
John the Baptist was the messenger God sent before Christ the Messiah, and Jesus was the messenger of the covenant made to the seed of Abraham and David.  He came quickly to the temple after His temptation in the wilderness to cleanse it to be a house of prayer, not a den of thieves.  And, at the final Passover, when He came again to cleanse it, He found the same den of spiritual and physical thieves saturating it with ungodliness.  That is why He cried from the Mount of Olives before His arrest: [37] O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, thou that killest the prophets, and stonest them which are sent unto thee, how often would I have gathered thy children together, even as a hen gathereth her chickens under her wings, and ye would not! [38] Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. [39] For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.  (Matthew 23:37,38)
 
Judging from the rapid fulfillment of prophecy in Israel at the present time, I am convinced that Israel will finally be calling Him blessed in the near future.  
 

SPECIAL PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 63A

April 13, 2002

Three very interesting things have happened in the last 24 hours that are first time, or at least rare, events in the Middle East. 

For the first time Arafat has denounced terrorist acts against the civilian population of Israel in his own Arabic language.  This is the first time he has issued a statement to the public, and to his own people, in Arabic.  In his statement he said: “We are condemning strongly all attacks which are targeting civilians from both sides and especially the attack that took place against Israeli citizens yesterday in Jerusalem.”

The second event was the public Iranian call to the Hizbollah in Lebanon, a terrorist group that they support, to rein in their cross border attacks in northern Israel to prevent inflammation of the Middle EastIsrael could extend the perimeter of war in the region,” which was the region of Syria and Lebanon. conflict into a wider horizon.  The Iranian Foreign Minister, Kamal Kharazi, said:  “We should exert self- restraint in the face of Israeli provocations.”  His reason for making this statement was based in context on what he had just stated previously: “There is concern that

The third event involved United Nations Secretary General Kofi Annan.  He has, many times in the past, called for UN observers or peacekeepers to go into Israel to keep the peace, but now, I believe for the first time, according to the Israel Daily News, he has actually called “for sending an armed international force to Palestinian areas to stop the spiraling violence.”  The Syrian ambassador, Mikhail Wehbe, whose country is on the fifteen member Security Council, said “the force would be armed and would be sent to the Palestinian areas to stop the fighting.”

I do not believe the third event will be implemented, but it will put a little more pressure on Israel to speed up its program of a “forced peace” being imposed on the Palestinians, and Israel will withdraw from the West Bank Palestinian towns, but only after it believes the military and terrorist infrastructures have been depleted to the degree they will no longer be a great threat to them in a possible future war with the Arab nations.

The first two events are evidence of what I have advocated since last year in numerous Prophecy Updates.  Both the Palestinians and the Arab nations are beginning to see that their objective of driving IsraelIsrael.  They have set Israel up for the shock of seeing them cease.  They will be called off long enough to being in a false peace, and when it appears Israel is convinced they have a peace with security, then a vicious Jihad will be launched from the north by 10 Islamic nations.  The violence will continue, but I believe before this year ends, you will see a false peace come to Israel one way or another. When it comes in, and whether is a forced peace or a negotiated peace, does not matter nearly so much as what it will be when it does come in.  What does matter is that it will be a false peace! out of all the land can never be reached by the terrorist activities they have been conducting for years.  The terrorist activities have had their desired effect on

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.

Revelation 12:6

[6] And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.      
 
The 1,260 Days of Travail 
 

PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 64

April 19, 2002

What is the Nationality of the Antichrist?

Part 3

Please Read Updates 62 and 63 Before Reading This Update!

Micah 5:3 – Therefore will he give them up, until the time that she which travaileth hath brought forth: then the remnant of his brethren shall return unto the children of Israel.

“Therefore” is a conclusion to Micah 5:1,2 that explains why the Messiah of  Israel gave “them up.”  Because they beat him and rejected him as their judge, they came under judgment because they would not let him judge them.  God’s judgment has been on them for some two thousand years.  Without their God to deliver them, they have become the most persecuted, prosecuted, and rejected people on this earth.  The Nazi burning, torturing, and butchering of some six million Jews was beyond belief.  And yet I love them tenaciously.  Why?  Because their Messiah, who forgave them on the cross, is alive in me, and in the near future he will return to be their Messiah, their God with them.  The word “until,” in the second phrase of this verse, makes the point that he has not forsaken them forever, but only “until” they have passed through the final judgment for having judged him, which consists of the of the last 1260 days of travail in the tribulation period.  Christ will come forth at his Second Advent as the Lion of Judah to rule over the remnant of Israel that survives the tribulation period, and will bring a remnant of his brethren with him.  In verse three he rejected them with “therefore,” then told them they would suffer travail “until” he came back to the earth and “then,” that is, at his Second Advent, all of the remnant of his “brethren” would return to live on the same planet with him.

Matthew 23:38,39 – Behold, your house is left unto you desolate. [39] For I say unto you, Ye shall not see me henceforth, till ye shall say, Blessed is he that cometh in the name of the Lord.

Revelation 1:7 – Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen.

Zechariah 13:8,9 – And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein. [9] And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say, It is my people: and they shall say, The Lord is my God.

Zechariah 14:5 – And ye shall flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains shall reach unto Azal: yea, ye shall flee, like as ye fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the Lord my God shall come, and all the saints with thee.

Hebrews 2:11 – For both he that sanctifieth and they who are sanctified are all of one: for which cause he is not ashamed to call them brethren,

Romans 11:5 – Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace.

Romans 2:29 – But he is a Jew, which is one inwardly; and circumcision is that of the heart, in the spirit, and not in the letter; whose praise is not of men, but of God.
 
 
SPECIAL PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 64A
April 20, 2002
The events of the past week all seem to be blending into the predicted pattern concerning an eventual false peace, which was outlined in Prophecy Updates 62A, B, C, & D, and in 63A.  The negotiations for a false peace, sufficient to cause Israel to believe it has a “peace with security,” will be under way before the year 2003 arrives.  Then, after a short period of this false “peace with security,” Israel will be shocked by a vicious attack from the north by an Islamic confederation in a sudden Jihad blitzkrieg that catches them by surprise.
 
This should be an interesting week in watching the Arab leaders sending their high-level diplomats on a pattern of hopscotch between each another in order to coordinate their future dealings with the Israelis.
 
I Thessalonians 5:3
[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. 
 
Ezekiel 38:10,11
[10] Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: [11] And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates...
 

SPECIAL PROPHECY UPDATE NUMBER 64B

April 22, 2002

WHY WAS THE DESTRUCTION SO MASSIVE IN JENIN?

There was some damage in other Palestinian cities during the Israeli “Operation Defensive Shield,” but the damage to Jenin was out of sight compared to that in any other area.  Why?

1.     It is the largest northernmost city with autonomy in the PA.  It was far enough away from Chairman Arafat’s headquarters to preclude the possibility of him exercising any form of control over the Hamas, Islamic Jihad, and al-Aqsa Martyr’s Brigades terrorist groups that infested it, even if he might, at times, try to do so.  He has never been able to effectively control these three groups, or the Hizbollah terrorist group in Lebanon.  The city of Jenin grew into the terrorist capital of the West Bank after 1967, and gradually came under the control of Hamas and the Islamic Jihad, with the latest addition of the al-Aqsa M.B.  They entrenched themselves among the highly supportive city dwellers, and literally took over the refugee camps.

2.     Its location and surrounding autonomous zone, plus its natural topography, made it very difficult for the Israelis to effectively monitor contraband weaponry shipments into it, and the terrorist groups operated with a freedom not possible in other Palestinian cities.

3.     Being the largest northernmost PA city in the West Bank, it is less than 30 miles to the Syrian border, and less than 20 miles to the Jordanian border.  There are numerous dendritic valleys that slope upward into the Jenin area from the Jordan river valley, which makes it much easier for many types of weapons of death to be smuggled into the city from the east on moonless nights.

4.     Jenin’s closeness to Syria allowed tons of financial support to be received directly from the headquarters of Islamic Jihad in the Syrian capital of Damascus.  This financial outpouring was used to pay the salaries of the terrorist infrastructure, and to attract suicide bombers with the promise of cash compensation to their families after their mission was completed.

5.     The terrorist infrastructure in Jenin was by far the best organized and the most entrenched of all the Palestinian cities.  The city and refugee camps contained a Hamas infrastructure, an Islamic Jihad Infrastructure, and four units of the al-Aqsa Martyr’s Brigade.  According to a report seized from Arafat’s Fatah terrorist group by the IDF, the Jenin camp “is characterized by an exceptional presence of fighting men who take the initiative on behalf of the national activity.  Nothing will beat them, and nothing worries them.  Therefore, they are ready for self-sacrifice with all means.  And therefore it is not strange that Jenin has been termed the capital of the suiciders.”  It is well named!  Some 28 suicide bombers have originated in Jenin during the last 18 months, the most recent being the March 31st Passover massacre in Haifa that took the lives of 15 Israelis.  Two top officials in the Islamic Jihad were arrested in Jenin during the fighting, and a Hamas leader was killed.  Other leaders surrendered.  One was Jamal Ahwil, who was head of a Fatah group in Jenin, and is blamed by IDF for directing a March suicide bombing in Jerusalem that took the lives of three and wounded 35.

World attention has been narrowly focused on the so-called “massacre” of the Palestinians in Jenin.  There was no massacre in Jenin, but there was a pitched battle of great intensity between well trained terrorist fighters and the IDF.  There is no question that the Palestinian population consisted of families and supporters of the terrorists and the terrorist movement.  They were well prepared militarily for this anticipated action by the IDF.  Booby traps abounded in the buildings along with human bombs waiting to blow themselves and the Israelis to a new home with Allah or the Devil.  The terrorists had designed this to be a house to house nightmare battle for the Israelis in their efforts to arrest or kill a terrorist octopus entwined among the supporting families and cooperators.  It was necessary to use tank blasts to destroy many of the buildings as a sign to the terrorists that entangling themselves with a supportive civilian population in their homes would not allow them safety havens.  After the terrorists were driven out, or fled, the IDF leveled the buildings to prevent a reoccupation, and to detonate the booby traps.  There was no “massacre” in Jenin.  But there was a pitched battle between the IDF and many well-trained terrorist militants hiding behind a supporting cast of Palestinians filled with hated for the Israelis.  The observers from the UN who first came into the area labeled it a “massacre” at first glance.  It is virtually impossible to tell the difference between a pitched battle and a “massacre” at first glance.  The several hundred bodies the Palestinians claim to be under the rubble are a gross exaggeration.  A pile of rubble in itself does not constitute what is identified as a “massacre.”

The net of “Operation Defensive Shield” is slowly closing on the Palestinians as Phase I of a modified 1968 Yigal Allon Plan is now closing.  Phase II will be the building of secure outer rings around the major Palestinian cities to control the traffic flowing in an out of them.  Phase III will be the gradual building of a fenced “buffer zone” around the inner periphery of the “Green Line” West Bank Border.  The “buffer zone” will extend from inside the green line to include many of the Israeli settlements, thereby affording them protection from terrorist intrusions.  The only thing that can halt this buffer zone “forced peace” will be for the terrorist groups to stop their activities, and for the Palestinians to accept an offer slightly less than the one previously offered to them at Camp David by Ehud Barak.

One way or the other, Israel is eventually headed for a peace with security or, as the Scripture puts it, “peace and safety.”

I Thessalonians 5:3,4

[3] For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. [4] But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief.